Smithsonian Institution, Bureau of Ethnology : [Bulletin]

S iM I T H S O N I A X I X S T 1 T I T 1 O N

BUREAU OF ETHNOLOGY: J. W. POWELL, LUKECTOK

BIBLIOGRAPHY

OF THE

SALISHAN LANGLTAGES

JAMES CONSTANTINE PILEING^

WASHINGTON GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE 1893

LINGUISTIC BIBLIOGRAPHIES ISSUED BY THE BUREAU OF ETHNOLOGY.

Smitlisoniau iiistitntiou—Bureau of ethnology. Catalogue of linguistic manuscripts in the library of the Bureau of ethnology. By -lames C. Pilling.

In Bureau of ethnology first annual report; lialf-titlo as above p. 553, text pp. 555-577, Washington. 1881, royal 8^. Issned separately witli cover title as follows Catalogue of linguistic manuscrii^ts in the library of the | Bureau | | | of ethnology by James C. Pilling (Extracted from the first annual | | | report of the Bureau of ethnology) [Vignette] | | | Washington Government printing oflice 1881 | |

Cover title as above, no inside title, half-title as under entry next above p. 553, text pp. 5.55-577, royal 8°. One hundred copies issued.

Title verso blank 1 1. notice (signed J. W. Powell) ji. iii, preface (November!, 1884) pp. v-viii, introduction pp. ix-x, list of authorities pp. xi-xxxvi, list of libraries referred to by initials pp. xxxvii-xxxviii, list of fac-similes pp. xxxix-xl, text pp. 1-839, additions and corrections pp. 841-1090, index of languages and dialects pp. 1091-1135, plates, 4"^. Arranged alphabetically by name of author, translator, or first word of title. One hundred and ten copies jirinted, ten of them on one side of the sheet only.

Cover title as al»ove, title as above verso blank 11. preface (April 20, 1887) pp.iii-v, text pp. 1-109, chronologic index pp. 111-116, 8 fac-similes, 8'^. An edition of 100 copies was issued in royal 8°.

Cover title as above, title as above verso blank 1 1. preface (8<'pteinl)er 1, 1887) pp. iii-v, text pp. 1-82, clircmologic index p]). 83-87, S'^. An editi

Ill IV LINGUISTIC BIBLIOGRAPHIES BY THE BUREAU OF ETHNOLOGY.

Smithsouiaii iustitutiou Bureau of ethnology : J. W. Powell, director | Bibliograpby of the Iroquoian languages by James Ooustantine | | | | I Pilling [Vignette] I | Washington Goveruiueut printing office 1888 | |

Cover title as above, title as above verso l>lank 1 1. preface (December 15, 1888) pp. iii-vi, text pp. 1-180, addenda x)p. 181-189, chronologic index pp. 191-208, 9 fac-similcs, 8°. An edition of 100 copies was issued in royal S'^.

Smithsonian institution Bureau of ethnology : J.W.Powell, director | Bibliography of the Muskhogean languages by James Conistau- | | | | I tine Pilling [Vignette] | | Government printing office 1881) Washington | |

Cover title as above, title as aliove verso blank 1 1. preface (May 15, 1889) pp. iii-v, 8^^ text pp. 1-103, chronologic index pp. 10.5-114, . An edition of 100 copies was issued in royal S^. Bibliographic notes on Eliot's Indian bible and on his other | | | | translations and works in the Indian language of Massachusetts | | Extract from a "Bibliography of the Algonquian languages" [Vig- | nette] I Government printing office 1890 Washington | |

Cover title as above, title as above verso blank 1 1. text pp. 1-58, 21 fac-similes, royal 8"^. Forms pp. 127-184 of the Bibliography of th(^ Algonquian languages, title of which follows. Two hundred and lifty copies issued.

Smithsonian institution Bureau of ethnology : J. W. Powell, director | of the Algonquian languages by James Constau- Bibliography | | | | I tine Pilling [Vignette] | | Government printing office 1891 Washington | |

Cover title as above, title as above verso blank 1 1. preface (.June 1, 1891) pp. iii-iv, introduction p. v, index of languages pp. vii-viii, list of facsimiles pp. ix-x, text 8'^. pp. 1-549, addenda pj). 551-575, chronologic index i>p. 577-614, 82 facsimiles, An edition of 100 copies was issued in royal 8 . Smithsonian institution Bureau of ethnology: J. W.Powell, director j Bibliography of the Athapascan languages James Constan- | by | | | I tine Pilling [Vignette] | | Government printing office 1892 Washington | |

Cover title as ahove, title as above verso blank 1 1. [list of] linguistic bibliographies issued by the Bureau of Ethnology pp. iii-iv. preface (.June 15, 1892) pp. v-vii, introduction p. ix, index of languages pp. xi-xii, list of facsimiles p. xiii. text pp. 1-112, addenda pp. 113-115, chronologic index pp. 117-12.5, 4 facsimiles, 8 \ An edition of 100 copies was issued in royal 8°. institution Bureau of ethnology: J. W. Powell, director Smithsonian | Bibliography of the Clunookau languages (including the Chinook j | | I James Constautine Pilling [Vignette] Jargon) by j | j | Government printing office 1893 ^ Washington | |

Cover title as above, title as above A'erso blank 1 1. [list of] linguistic bibliographies issued by the Bureau of Ethnology p}>. iii-iv, preface (March 10, 1893) pp. v-viii, introduction p. ix, index of languages p. xi, list of facsimiles p. xiii, text pp. 1-76, chronologic index pp. 77-81, 3 facsimiles, 8°. Au edition of 100 copies was itsdued in royal 8°. :

PREFACE.

Of the numerous stocks of Indians fringing the coast of northwest America few have been as thoroughly studied or their languages so well recorded as the Salishan. As early as 1801 Mackenzie published a short vocabulary of each of two dialects of this stock, and a glance at the chronologic index appended to this catalogue will show that additions or reprints have been made at short intervals ever since. The more modern eiforts of Gibbs, Hale, Eells, Gatschet, Tolmie, Dawson, and Boas, especially those of the last named, have resulted in the collection of a body of material wliich has enabled us to diflerentiate the dialects of this family of speech to a degree more minute than usual. The knowledge gained from the studies of these gentlemen, and from those of others, also, has greatly extended our information concerning the geographic distribution of these people. Quoting from Major Pow- ell's article on the Linguistic Families of North America in the seventh annual report of the Bureau of Ethnology

The extent of the Salish or Flathead family was unknown to Gallatin, as indeed appears to have been the exact locality of the tribe of which he gives an anonymous vocabulary from the Duponceau collection. The tribe is stated to have resided upon one of the branches of the Columbia River, "which must be either the most southern branch of Clarke's River or the most northern T)ranch of Lewis's River." The former supposition was correct. As employed by Gallatin the family embraced only a single tribe, the Flathead tribe proper. The Atnah. a Salishan tribe, Avere considered by Gallatin to be distinct, and the name would be eligible as the fauuly name; preference, however, is given to Salish. * * # The most southern outpost of the family, the Tillamook and Xestucca, were established on the coast of Oregon, about 50 miles to the south of the Columbia, where they were quite separated from their kindred to the north by the Chinoolcan tribes. Beginning on the north side of Shoal water Bay, Salishan triT)cs held the entire northwestern part of Washington, including the Avhole of the Puget Sound region, except only the Macaw territory about Cape Flattery, and two insignificant spots, one near Port Townsend, the other on the Pacific coast to the south of Cape Flattery, which were occupied by Chimakuan tribes. Eastei'n Vancouver Island to about midway of its length was also held by Salishan tribes, while the great bulk of their territory lay on the mainland opposite and included much of the upper Columbia On the south they were hemmed in mainly by the Shahaptiau tribes. I'pon the east Salishan tribes dwelt to a little beyond the Arrow lakes and their feeder, one of the extreme north forks of the Columbia. Upon the southeast Salishan tribes extended into Montana, including the upper drainage of the Columbia. They were met here in 1804 by Lewis and Clarke. On the northeast Salish territory extended to about the fifty-third parallel. In the northwest it did not reach the Chilcat River. V VI PREFACE.

Within the territory thus iudicatecl there is considerable diversity of customs and a greater diversity of language. The language is split into a great number of dialects, many of which are doubtless mutually nnintelligil)le. The relationship of this family to the Wakashan is a very interesting problem. Evidences of radical affinity have been discovered by Boas and (Jatschet, and the careful study of their nature and extent now being prosecuted by the former may result in the union of the two, though until recently they have been considered quite distinct. With the exception of the Chinookan family the Salishan dialects have contributed a greater number of words to the Chinook jargon than have any other of the languages of the coast—so many indeed that it was a question whether the literature of the jargon should not be included herein. This has not been done, however, except in the case of those l)ooks and papers which distinctly mark the Salishan elements entering into the composition of the jargon; this course being pursued because a list of the jargon literature appears in the Bibli- ography of the Chinookan Languages. This bibliography embraces 320 titular entries, of which 259 relate to printed books and articles and 01 to manuscripts. Of these, 311 have been seen and collated by the Avriter (257 prints and 54 manuscripts); titles and descriptions of two of the prints and seven of the manuscripts have been obtained from outside sources. As far as possible, in the proof-reading of these pages comparison has been made direct with the works themselves. Much of the material is in the library of the writer, arid he has had access for the purpose to the libraries of Congress, the Smithsonian Institution, the Bureau of Ethnology, Georgetown University, as well as several well- stocked i)rivate collections in the city of Washington. Mr. Wilber- force Eames, whose library is so rich in Americana, has compared the titles of works contained therein, as also those in the Lenox Library, of which he now has charire.

Washington^ D. 6'., June M^ 1893. INTRODUCTION

In the compilation of this series of catalogues the aim has been to include in each bibliography everything, printed or in manuscript, relating to the family of languages to which it is devoted: books, pamph-' lets, articles in magazines, tracts, serials, etc., and such reviews and announcements of publications as seemed worthy of notice. The dictionary plan has been followed to its extreme limit, the subject and tribal indexes, references to libraries, etc., being included in one alphabetic series. The j)rimary arrangement is alphabetic by authors, translators of works into the native languages being treated as authors. Under each author the arrangement is, first, by printed works, and second, by manuscripts, each group being given chronologically; and in the case of printed books each work is followed through its various editions before the next in chronologic order is taken up. Anonymously printed works are entered under the name of the author, when known, and under the first word of the title not an article or preposition when not known. A cross-reference is given from the first words of anonymous titles when entered under an author, and from the first words of all titles in the Indian languages, whether anonymous or not. Manuscrij)ts are entered under the author when known, under the dialect to which they refer when he is not known. Each author's name, with his title, etc., is entered in full but once, i. e., in its alphabetic order. Every other mention of him is by surname and initials only, except in those rare cases when two i)ersons of the same surname have also the same initials. All titular matter, including cross-reference thereto, is in brevier; all collations, descriptions, notes, and index matter in nonpareil. In detailing contents and in adding notes respecting contents, the spelling of proper names used In the particular work itself has been followed, and so far as possible the language of the respective writers is given. In the index entries of the tribal names the compiler has adopted that spelling which seemed to him the best. As a general rule initial capitals have been used in titular matter in only two cases: first, for proper names; and second, when the word VII VIII INTRODUCTION. actually appears on the title page with au initial capital and with the remainder in small capitals or lower-case letters. In giving titles in the German language the capitals in the case of all substantives have been respected. When titles are given of works not seen by the compiler the fact is stated or the entry is followed by an asterisk within curves, and in either*case the authorit;^ is usually given. INDEX OF LANGUAGES

Page. Atna 1 Kelacoola. See Bilkula. Bilechula, See Bilkula. Bilkula 3 Bilqula. See Bilkula. Catoltq. See Komuk. Chehalis 14 Cliihalis. See Chehalis. Clallam. See Klallam. Coeur d' Aleue. See Skitsuish. Colville. See Skoyelpi. Comux. See Komuk. Cowitcheii. See Kawichen. Cowlitz. See Kaulits. Dwamish IG Flathead. See Salish. Friendly Village 22 Kalispel 34 Kaulits 34 Kawichen 34 Kilamook. See Tilamuk.

Klallam - 35 Komuk 35 Kowelits. See Kaulits. Kuwalitsk. See Kaulits.

Kwantlen - - 35 Kwinaiutl 35 Liloeet. See Lilowat. Lilowat 41 L'kungen. See Songish. Lummi 44 Kanaimoo. See Snanaimuk. Nehelim 48 Neklakapamuk. See Netlakai)amuk. Netlakapamuk 48 Nicoutemuch. See Nikutamuk. X INDEX OF LANGUAGES.

Page. Nikiitamiik ...._, 49 Niskwalli 49 Msqiialli. See Niskwalli. Nooksalik. See Nuksalik. Noosdaliim. See Klallam. Nsietsliawus. See Tilamuk. Nuksahk 49 Nukwalimiik 49 Nusdaliim. See Klallam. !N"uskiletemli. See Niikwalimuk. jS"iisulpli 49 Okinagaii 50 Pend d'Oreille. See Kalispel. Pentlash 50 Piskwan 51 Pisquous. See Piskwau. Pouderay. See Kalispel. Puyallup 53 Queniult. See Kwinaiutl. Salish 55 Samish 50 Scliwapumtli. See Sliiwapmuk. Schwoyelpi. See Skoyelpi. Shiwapmuk 60 Shooswap. See Sliuswap. Shuswap 60 Sicatl 60 Silets 60 Skagit 60 Skitsamisli. See Skitsuish. Skitsuisli 60 Skokoniisli 61 Skoyelpi 61 Skwaksiii 61 Skwale. See Niskwalli. Skwallyamisli. See Niskwalli. Skwamish 61 Skwaxon. See Skwaksin. Siianaimoo. See Snanaimuk. Suanaimuk 65

Suoliomisb . 65 Songisli 65 Spokan 65 Squallyainisli. See Mskwalli. Squoxoii. See Skwaksiu. INDEX OP LANGUAGES. XI

Paga Stailakuin 66 Stalo 66 Stillaciim. See Stailakum. Tait 67 Talamoli. See Tilauiuk. Thomx^sou Eiver Indians 67 Tilamak 67 Tillamook. See Tilaniuk. Toanliuch 67 Tsihalis. See Cliebalis. Tw ana 70 Wakynakane. See Okiuaj^an. Winatslia. See Piskwau.

LIST OF FACSIMILES.

Page. First page of Durieu's Skwamish Prayers 17 First page of the Kamloops Wawa 38 First page of Le Jeime's Thompson Prayers 40 Title-page of Walker aud Eells's Sj^okau Primer 75

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE SALISHAN LANGUAGES.

By James C. Pilling.

(An asterisk within parentheses indicates that the compiler has seen no copy of the work referred to.)

A ha a skoaiujuts [Ntlakaiimoh] . See Anderson (A. C.) — Continued.

Le Jeune (J. M. R.) In Historical Magazine, first series, vol. 7, pp. 73-81, New York and London, 1863, sui. 4'^. Adelung ( Johann Christoph) [aucl Vater (Fames.)

(J. S.)]. Mithridates | oder | allge- Includes a discussion of the Saeliss or .Shew- meine Sprachenkimdo | mit | | dem Vater hapraush language. Unser als Sprachprobe in bey nalie | | Appendix to the Kalispel-Euglish dic- fiinfliundert Sprachenvind Mundarten, tionary. See Giorda (J.) von Johann Cliristoph Adelung, I I | Astor : This word following a title or within paren- Churf iirstl. Siicbsischen Hofratb und theses after a note indicates that a copy of the Ober-Bibliotbekar. [Two lines quota- | work referred to has been seen by the compiler tion.] Erster[-'Vierter] Tbeil. in the Astor Library, I | New York City.

Berlin, ] in der Vossisclien Buchband- Atna: lung, 1806 [-1817]. General discussion See Adelung (J. C.) and I 4 vols. (vol. 3 in three parts), 8^. Vater (J. S.)

Atnah-Fitzhugh-Sund, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 215- General discussion Hale (H.) 217, is a general discussion of the language of Tribal names Latham (R. G.) thesepeopleandincludes (p. 216) avocabularj-of Vocabulary Adelung (J. C.) and 11 words (from Mackenzie) and one of 6 words Vater (J. S.) of the language spoken at Friendly Village, Vocabulary Gallatin (A.) from the same source. Vocabulary Hale (H.)

Copies seen : Aator, Bancroft, British Mu- Vocabulary Howse (J.) seam, Bureau of Ethnology, Congress, Eanies, Vocabulary Latham (R. G.) Lenox, Trumbull, Watkinson. Vocabulary Mackenzie (A.) Priced by Triibner (18.56), no. 503, ll. 16s. Vocabulary Pinart (A. L.)

Sold at the Fischer sale, no. 17, for 11. ; another Words D.aa(L.K.) copy, no. 2042, for IGs. At the Field sale, no. 16, Words Schomburgk(R. H.)

it ; at the Squier sale, no. $5. brought $11.85 9, Authorities Leclerc (1878) prices it, no. 2042, 50 fr. At tlie See Dufosse (E.) Pinart sale, no. 1322, it sold for 25 fr. and at the Field (T. W.) Murphy sale, no. 24, a half-calf, marble-edged Latham (R. G.) copy brought $4. Leclerc (C.) Anderson (Alexander Caulfield). Notes Ludewig (H. E.) on tbe Indian tribes of British North Pilling (J. C.) America, and the northwest coast. Pott (A. F.) Sabin (J.) Commiinicated to Geo. Gibbs, esq. By Steiger (E.) Alex. C. Anderson, esq., late of the Hon. Triibner &, Co. H. B. Co. And read before the New York Trumbull (J.H.) Historical Society, November, 1862, Vater (J. S.) Uh- : ::

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

Baker (Theodor). tTber die Musik der | Bancroft (H. H.) — Continued. nordamerikanischeu Wildeu von tion (partial) of the verb to be angry, pp. 616- | I | Theodor Baker. [Design.] 617; the Lord's prayer with interlinear Eng- | | lish translation (all the above from Menga- Leipzig, Driick uud Verlag von I riui), p. 617; the Lord's prayer in Pend Breitkopf Hiirtel. 1882. & | d'Oreille with interlinear translations into Cover title as above, title aa above verso English (from De Smet), pp. 617-618.— General blank 1. preface iii-iv, 1 pp. contents 1 1. text discussion, with examples of the various Salish 1-81, table 8°. pp. p. 82, plates, languages—Skitsuish, Pisquouse, Nsietshaw, Songs witb music in the Twana and Clallam Niskwallies, Chehalis, Clallam, Lummi, etc., languages (from Eells in the American Anti- pp. 618-620. quarian), pp. 75-77. Copies seen : Astor, Bancroft, Brinton, Brit- Copies seen: Boston Atheuseuiu, Brinton, ish Museum, Bureau of Ethnology, Congress, Dorsey, Geological Survey, Pilling. Eames, Powell. Some copies have title-page as follows Issued also with title-pages as follows tlber die Musik der | uordameri- [ The native races | of the Pacific I | kauisclien Wildcn. Eiue Abhandliing | states of North America. | By | Hu- I I zur Erlauguug der Doctorwiirde I I | bert Bancroft. Howe \ Volume I. | Wild an der Universitiit Leipzig | | von | tribes[-V. Primitive history]. Theodor Baker. | | Author's Copy. Francisco. 1874 | San Leipzig, Druck von Breitkopf I & [-1876]. Hiirtel. 1882. | 5 vols. 8°. One hundred copies issued.

Title verso blank 1. 1 preface pp. iii-iv, con- Copies seen : Bancroft, British Museum, Con- tents and errata 1 1. text pp. 1-82 ,vita 1 1. plates, gress, Lenox. 8°. In addition to the above the work has been Linguistic contents as under title next above. issued with the imprint of Longmans, London; Copies seen : Lenox. Maisonneuve, Paris; and Brockhaus, Leipzig; none of Bancroft : This word following a title or within which have I seen. parentheses after a noLe indicates that a copj' Issued also with title-pages as follows of the work referred to lias been seen by the The works of Hubert | | Howe Ban- compiler in the library of Mr. H. H. Bancroft, croft. Volume I[-V]. The native San Francisco, Cal. I | races. Vol. I. Wild tribes [-V. Primi- Bancroft (Hubert Howe). The native | | tive history]. races of the Pacific states | | | of | | San Francisco : | A. L. Bancroft & North America. | By | Hubert Howe company, publishers. 1882. Bancroft. | 1 Volume I. | Wild tribes [-V. 5 vols. 8^. This series will include the His- Primitive history]. tory of Central America, | History of Mexico, York: D. Appletou etc., each with its own system of numbering New | and company. 1874 [-1876]. and also numbered consecutively in the series. I Of these works there have been published 5 vols, maps and plates, 8°. Vol. I. Wild vols. 1-39. The opening paragraph of vol. 39 tribes ; II. Civilized nations ; lEI. Myths and

gives the following information : "This volume languages; IV. Antiquities; V. Primitive his- closes the narrative tory. portion of my historical series; there yet remains to be completed the Some copies of vol. 1 are dated 1875. (Eames, Lenox.) biographical section." Copies seen: Bancroft, British Museum, Classification of the aboriginal languages of Bureau of Ethnology, Congress. the Pacific states (vol. 3, pp. 562-573) includes the Salish, p. 565.—Vocabulary (16 words) of Bates (Henry Walton). Stanford's com- | Bollacoola compared with the Chimsyau, p. pendium of geography and travel | 607.— The first three of the ten commandments based on Hellwald's ' Die Erde und ihre and the Lord's prayer in the Nanaimo lan- Volker' Central America the | West In- guage (furnished by J. H. Carmany), pp. 611- dies and I South America 612. | Edited and — Comments on tlio Clallam, Cowichin and I the Indians of Fraser Kiver and extended H. Bates, Thompson | By W. assistant- | River, pp. 612-613.—Comments on the Neetlak- secretary of the Royal geographical apamuch, conjugation (partial) of the verb to society; author of 'The naturalist on | give, the Lord's prayer with interlinear English the river Amazons' ethnolog- | With | tran.slatiou (all from Ri;v. J. B. Good), pp. 613- 615.—The Salish languages ical appendix by A. H. Keane, B, A. (pp. 615-620) | iocludw a general discussion, p. 616; conjuga- Maps and illustrations j :

SALISHAN LANGUAGES.

Bates (H. W.) — Continued. Beach (W. W.) — Continued. Stanford, Char- Albany: J. Munsell, 82 State street. 55, | London | Edward ing cross, S. W. 1878 1877. I I

Half-title verso blank 1 1. title verso blank 1 Title verso blank 1 1. dedication verso blank

1. preface pp. v-vi, contents pp. vii-xvi, list of 1 1. advertisements verso blank 1 1. contents j)p. illustrations pp.xvii-xviii, list of maps p. xix, vii-viii, text pp. 9-477, errata 1 p. index pp. 479- test pp. 1-441, appendix pp. 443-5G1, index pp. 490, 8°. 563-571, maps, 8°. Gatschet (A. S.), Indian languages of the Eeane (A. H.), Ethnography and Philology Pacific states and territories, ))p. 416-447.

of America, pp. 443-561. Copies seen : Astor, Briiiton, BritisliMuseum,

Copies seen : British Museum, Congress, Congress, Eames, Geological Survey, Mas.sa- Eames, Geological Survey, is ational iluseum. cbusetts Historical Society, Pilling.Wisconsin Stanford's Compeudiuni of geogra- Historical Society. | Priced by Leclerc, 1878 catalogue, no. 2663, 20 travel based on Hellwakl's phy and | fr. ; the Murphy copy, no. 197, brought $1.25; ' Die ihre Volkor ' Central Erde und | priced by Clarke & co. 1886 catalogue, no. 6271, the West Indies] and South $3.50, and Littlefield, Nov. 1887, no. 50, .$4. America | | by Edited extended By H. Belacoola. Bilkula. and | See America | Bates, Author of [&c. two lines] W. | Berghaus {Dr. Heinrich). Allgemeiner With ethnological appendix by A. I I ethnograj)hischer Atlas oder Atlas | | I J. and illustra- H. Keane, ^L A. | Maps der Volker-Kunde. | Eine Sammlimg | tions Second and revised edition. I | nciinzehn Karten, auf dcnen die, von | Loudon Edward Stanford, 55, Char- I umdie Mitte desneiinzehnten Jahrhun- ing cross, S. W. 1882. I derts statt findende geographiscbe | Half-title verso blank 1 1. title verso blank 1 Verbreitung aller, nach ihrer Sprach- 1. preface pp. v-vi, contents pp. vii-xvi, list of verwaudtschaft geord- neten, Vidker illustrationa pp. xvii-xviii, list of maps p. xix, | Erdballs, ihre Vertheilung in text pp. 1-441, appendix pp. 443-561, index pp. des und S°. die Staaten der alten Avie 563-571. maps, Reiche und | Linguistic contents as under title next above. der neiien Welt abgebildet und versiun- Copies seen: Bi'itish Museum, Harvard. licht ist. EinYersuch worden | von | | Stanford's of geogra- | Compendium D"" Heinrich Berghaus. | travel Hellwakl's j>hy and | based on Verlag Aon Justus Perthes in Gotha. ihre Volker' Central 'Die Erde und | 1852. I the Intlies and South America | West | Title of the series (Ur. Heinrich Berghaus'

extended jdiysikalischer Atlas, etc.)verso 1. 1 rectoblank, America Edited and | ByH. | title as above verso blank 1 1. text pp. 1-68, 19 W. Bates, | assistant-secretary [&c. two maps, folio.

; appendix by lines] 1 With ethnological No. 17. Die Oregon-Volker treats of the A. I. and illus- A. H. Keane, M. | Mai)S habitat and linguistic relations of the ])eoples trations Third edition I | of that region, including among others the London Stanford, 55, Char- Tsihaili-Selesh, with its dialects, 56. [ Edward p. —Map " ing cross, S. W. 1885 no. 17 is entitled Ethnograx>hischo Kartevon I Nordamerika," Alb. Gallatin, A. von Half-title ver-so blank 1 1. title verso blank 1 "Nach Humboldt, Clavigcro, Hervas, Hale, Isbester, 1. preface pp. v-vi, contents jip. vii-xvi, list of illustrations pp. xvii-xviii, list of maps p. xix, &c." text pp. 1-441, appendix pp. 443-561, index pp. Copies seen : Bureau of Ethnology. 563-571, maps, 8^. Bible Linguisticcoutents as under titles next above. Matthew Spokan See "Walker (E.)

Copies seen : Geological Survej'. Bible stories: Beach (William Wallace). The] Indian Kalispel See Giorda (J.)

miscellany containing , Piipers on the ; Big Sam. See Bells (M.) History, Antiquities, Arts, Languages, 1 Bilechula. See Bilkula. Keligions, Traditions and Superstitions Bilkula: |of the aborigines; American | with ] | General discussion See Boas (F.) Descriptions of their Domestic Life, General discussion Buschmann (J. C. E.) Manners, Traits, General discussion Tolmie (W. l'\) and Customs, [ Amusements Dawson (G. M.) and Exploits travels and adventures | ; Gentes Boas (F.) in the Indian country; Incidents of ( Grammatic trcatisi' Boas (F.) Border Warfare ; Missionary Relations, Numerals Boas (F.) etc, Edited by W. W, Beach. Latham (R. Q.) I | : ) :

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

Bilkula — Continued. B oas (F.) — Continued. Numerals Scouler (J.) Terms of the native languages of the north- Numerals Tolmie (W. F.) west coast of British America, including a few Kelationships Boas (F.) of the Bilqula, passim. Sentences Scouler (J.) The Indians of British Columbia. Tribal names Latbara (R.G.) By Franz Boas, Ph.D. (Presented by Vocabulary Bancroft (H.H.) Vocabulary Boas (F.) Dr. T. Sterry Hunt, May 30, 1888.) Vocabulary Gallatin (A.) In Royal Soc. Canada, Trans, vol. 6, section 2, 4° Vocabulary Gibbs (G.) pp. 47-57, Montreal, 1889, . (Pilling. Vocabulary Latham (R.G.) General comments upon the Salish linguistic VocabularjT Pinart (A. L.) divisions, with examples, pp. 47-48. Compara- Vocabulary Powell (J. W.) tive vocabulary (40 Avords, aliihabeticallj' Vocabulary Eoehrig (F.L.O.) arranged by English words) of the Lk'ungen, Vocabulary Scouler (J.) Snanaimuq, Skqo'mic, Si'ciatl, Pentlatc, and Vocabulary Tolmie (W.F.) f/atlo'ltq, p. 48.—Comments on the Bilqula, p. Vocabulary Tolmie (W. F.) and 49. — Comparative vocabulary (20 words) of Dawson (G.M.) the Bilqula and Wik'^nok, the latter "a tribe Words Boas (F.) of Kwakiutl lineage," which has "borrowed"' Words Brinton (D. G.) manj^ words from the Bilqula and vice versa, p. 49.— Words Buscbmann (J. C. E.) " English-Bilqula vocabulary, with refer- Words Chamberlain (A. F.) ence to other Salish dialects," being a comparative Words Daa (L. K.) vocabulary of 55 words, alphabetically Words Latham (R. G.) arranged by English words, of the Bilqula, Words Stumpff(C.) Lku'ngen, Snanaimuq, Skqo'mic, Si'ciatl, P6ntlatc, and ^atlo'ltq, p. 50. Bilqula. See Bilkula. Notes on the Snanaimuq. By Dr. Boas: This word followingatitleorwitlnii paren- Fianz Boaz. theses after a note indicates that a copy of the woi-k referred to has been seen by the compiler In American Anthropologist, vol. 2, pp 321- belonging to the library of Dr. Franz Boas. 328, Washington, 1889, 8°. (Pilling.) Names of the Snanimuq clans, p. 321. —Prayer Boas {Dr. Franz). The limguage of the to the sun, with English translation, p. 326. Bilhoohi in British Cohtmbia. Issued separately with heading as follows Science, vol. p. 218, Now Tork, 1886, i°. In 7, (From the American Anthropologist (Geological Survey, Pilling.) for October, 1889. ) Notes on the Snan- Grammatic discussion, numeral system, and comments upon their vocabulary. aimuq. By Dr. Franz Boas. No title-page, heading only; text 321- Sprache der Bella-coola-Indianer. pp. 328, 8°. In Berlin Gesselschaft fiir Anthropologic, Linguistic contents as under titlenext above. Ethnologie und Urgeschiehte, Verhandlungen, Copies seen : Pilling. vol. 18, pp. 203-200, Berlin, 188G, 8°. (Bureau of Ethnology.) Preliminary notes on the Indians of Grammatic discussion of the Bellacoola lan- British Columbia. guage. In British Ass. for Adv. Sci. Report of the Myths and legends of the Cathdtc^ of fifty-eighth meeting, pp. 233-242, London, 1889, 8°. (Geological Survey.) Vancouver Ishind. General discussion of the Salishan peoples AmiJrican Antiquarian, vol. 10 pj). 201- In and their linguistic divisions, with a statement 211, Chicago, 1888, 8°. (Bureau of Ethnology.) of material collected, pp. 234, 236.—Salishan Catloltq terms passim. terms passim. Issued separately, witli half-title as follows Issued also as follows: Myths and Legends of the Catloltq, Preliminary notes ou the Indiana of Dr. Boas. Reprinted from by Franz | I British, Columbia. American Antiquarian for July, 1888. In British Ass. Adv. Sci. Fourth Report of

[Chicago, 1888.] the committee . . . aiipointed for the pur- Half-title on cover, no inside title, text pp. pose of investigating and publishing reports

201-211, 8°. on the . . . northwestern tribes of the Linguistic contents as under title next above. Dominion of Canada, pp. 4-10 [London, 1889], 8°. Copien seen : Wellesley. (Jiames, Pilling.) Linguistic contents as under title next above, Die Mythologie der nord-west- p. 5-7. amerikanischen Kiistenvolker. First General Report on the Indians In Globus, vol. 53, pp. 121-127, 153-157, 299- of British Dr. 302, 315-319; vol. 54, pp. 10-14, Braunschweig. Columbia, By Fran? 1888,4°, (Geological Swvey.) :: ; ;

SAIJSHAN LANGUAGES.

Boas (F.) — Coutiuued. Boas (F.) — Continued.

Ill British Aas. Adv. Sci. Kept, of tlio tifty- Third Report on the Indians of Brit- 8=. niuth luec-ting, pp. 801-893, London, 1800, ish Columbia. By Dr. Franz Boas. (Geological Survey.) In British As.s. Adv. Sci. Keport of the sixty- Li.st of Salislian divisions with their habitat, first meeting, pp. 408-449, 4 folding tables 805-80G.— Snanaimuq legend (in English) pp. A between pp. 436-437, London, 1892, 8°. (Geolog- 835-836, contains a number of Sali.sh tonus pp. ical Survey.) Salish terms, 847-848. passim.— pp. List ot the villages, ancient aud modern, of follows lasiied also as the Bilqula, pp.408-409.-.Gentes of the Nuqa- First General Report on tho ladians Imukh, Nusk'eletenih, and Taliomh, p. 409. Issued also as follows of British Columbia. By Dr. Franz Third Report on the Indians of Brit- Boas. ish Dr. In British Ass. Adv. Sci. Fifth report of tho Columbia. By Franz Boas. Iu British Ass. Adv. Sci. Seventh report on committee . . . appointed for the purpose of investigating and publishing reports on the the northwestern tribes of Canada, pp. 2-43, Loudon 8°. (Eames, Pilling.)! . . . northwestern tribes of tho Dominion of [1892], Canada, pp. 5-97, Loudon [1890], 8<^. (Pilling.) Linguistic contents as under title next above, Linguistic contents as under title next above, pp. 2-3, 3. pp. 9-10, 39-40, 51-52. [Texts in the Pentliitc language.] Second General Report ou the Manuscript, 9 11. folio, written on one side only; iu the library of the Bureau of Ethnol- Indians of British Colnmbia. By Dr. ogy. Collected in 1886. Franz Boas. Six legends in the Pentlatc language, accom- In British Ass. Adv. Sci. Report of the jianied by an interlinear, literal translation into sixtieth meeting, pp. 562-715, Loudon, 1891, 8°. English. (Geological Survey.) The original manuscript, iu possession of its The Lku'iigen (pp.563 582) contains a list of author, is in PSntldtc-Germau. (*) gentes, 569; nobility names, p. 570; terms p. Texts in the Catlolt(| language. used in gambling and pastimes, p. 571 ; in birth, Manuscrijit, 27 unnumbered 11. folio, written marriage and death, pp. 572-576; medicine, on one side only ; iu the library of tho Bureau omens and beliefs, pp. 576-577; verse with of Ethnology. music in Cowitchin, p. 581.—The Shushwap, The texts (legends and stories) are accom- pp. 632-647, contains a few words passim. —The panied by a literal interlinear English transla- Salish languages of British Columbia (pp. 679- tion. 688) treats of the Bilqula, including partial — Vocabulary of tho Catloltq (Comux) conjugations, pp. 679-680; the Snanaimuq, giving pronouns and verbs with partial conju- language; Vancouver Islaud. gations, pp. 680-683; the Shushwap, with a Manuscript, 36 unnumbered leaves, folio,

vocabulary aud grammatio treatise, pp. 683- 685 written on one side only ; in tho library of the the Stla'tlumh with sketch of the grammar, Bureau of Ethnology. pp. 685-686; the Oldnii'k-en with numerals, Contains about 1,000 entries. pronouns, and verbs, pp. 687-688. —Terms of The original slips of this vocabulary, num- relationship of the Salish languages (pp. 688- bered 1-1097, one word on eacli .slij), are in the 692) includes the Sk'qo'mic, pp. 688-689; the same library. Bilqula, p. 689; the Stla'tlemh, pp. 689-690; tlio [Grammatio notes on the Catloltq

Shushwap, 690-691 ; the Okana'ken, pp. pp. language.] 691-692.— Comparative vocabulary of eighteen Manuscript, 14 unnumbered leaves, folio, languages spoken iu British Columbia, pp. 692- written on one side only ; in tho library of tho 715, includes the following Salishau languages, Bureau of Ethnology. numbered respectively 7-17 : Bilqula, Calloltq, Pentlatc, Siciatl, Snanaimuq, Sk-qo'mic, LkuTi- Nee'lim texts obtained at Clatsoi) gen, Ktlakyapamuq, Stlatlumh, Sequapmuq, Plains, from "John" : July, 1800. and Okana'k-en. Manuscript, pp. 1-2, 8°; recorded iu a blank Issued also as follows book ; in the library of the Bureau of Ethnol- Second General Report on the ogy- Two stories in the Nee'liiu language with Indians of British Columbia. By Dr. interlinear translation into English. Franz Boas. Siletz texts obtained from " Olil In British Ass. Adv. Sci. Sixth report on •Tack "at the Siletz Reservation, June, tho northwestern tribes of Canada, pp. 10-103, London [1891], 8°. (Filling.) 1890. Linguistic contents as nnder title next above, Manuscript, pp. 1-10, 8^; recorded in alilauk pp. 17. 18,19,20-24,24-25,29,80-95,127-128,128- book; in the library of the Bureau of Etliuology. 131, 131-133, 133-134, 135-130, 130-137, 137,137- A legend in the Siletsi language, with inter- rw, 138-139. 139-140, 14U-1G3. linear literal iranslation into Knglish. —

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

Boas (F.) — Continued. Boas (F.) — Continued. Tilamook texts obtained from Haies The winter of 1884-'85 he spent in Washing- John and Louis Fuller at the Siletz ton, preparing the results of his jouriu-y for publication and in studying in the National Reservation, June, 1890. Museum. From 1885 to 18SC Dr. Boas was an Manuscript, jip. 1-37,8°; recorded in a blank assistant in the Royal Ethnographical Museum book ; in tlie library of the Bureau of Etbnology. of Berlin and docent of geography at the Uni- Five stories in the Tilamook language with ver.sity of Berlin. In the winter of 1885-'86 ho interlinear literal translation into English. journeyed to British Columbia under the [Vocabularies of various Salisban .auspices of the British Association for the languages.] Advancement of Science, for the purpose of studying the Indians. During 1886-'88 Dr. Manuscript, II. 1-30, folio, -written on one side Boas was assistant editor of Science, in New only ; in the librarj' of the Bureau of Ethnology. York, and from 1888 to 1892 docent of anthro- Leaves 1-11 (numbered I) in double columns, pology at Clfirk University, "VYorcester, Mass. contain in the first a Nee'lim and Tilamook During these years repeated journeys vocabulary of 275 entries, the words of the he made to the Pacific coast with the object of continuing respective dialects being indicated by an initial his researches among the Indians. In 1891 jV" or T; the second column contains a vocabu- Kiel gave the degree of Ph. D. lary of 250 words in the Siletz language. him Dr. Boas's principal writings are: Baffin Leaves 12-18 (numbered II) are headed

Land, Perthes. ; Nee'lim and contain about 425 entries. A note Gotha, Justus 1885 The Central states that the letter T following a word means Eskimo (intho6th Annual Report of the Bureau

; to that it is common to the Xee'lim and the Tila- of Ethnology) Reports the British Associa- mook. Obtained at Clatsop from "Johnny." tion for the Advancement of Science on the Columbia, 1888-1892; Volks- Leaves 19-30 (numbered III) are headed Til- Indians of British sagenausBritischColumbien.Yerh.derGes.fiir amook and contain about 1.000 entries. An ITrgeschichte accompanying note says the letter JV following Anthropologic, Ethnologic und in Berlin, 1891. a word indicates that it is common to the Tila-

Bolduc : This word following a title or within mook and Nee'lim dialects. Collected at Siletz parentheses after note indicates that a copy from Louis Fuller and verified at Clatsop with a the aid of the Indians. of the work referred to has been seen by the compiler in the library of Rev. J.-B. Z. Bolduc, Vocabulary of the Skgo'mic lan- Quebec, Canada. guage. Bolduc (rcre Jean-Baptiste Zacarie). Manuscript (numbered IV), 11. 1-6, folio, writ- Mission de la Colombie. Lettre et | | | ten on one side only ; in the library of the journal Mr. J.-B. Z. Bolduc. jmis- de | Bureau of Ethnology. | sionnaire de la Colombie. [Picture of List of the sixteen septs of the Skg6'nuc, 1. | 1. —Formation of words (roots and derivatives), a cliurch.] | 11. 2-6. de rimprimerie de J.-B. Quebec: | [Material relating to the Frechette, pere, imprimeur-libraire. Snanaimuq | language.] No. 13, rue Lamontagne. [1843.]

Manuscript (numbered T), 11. 1-19, folio, Title verso blank 1 1. text pp. 3-95, 16°. The written on one side only; in the library of the larger part of the edition of this work was Bureau of Ethnologj'. burned in the printing office, and it is, in con-

List of Snanaimuq sept.s (5), 1. 1. —N^ames sequence, very scarce.

of tribes as given by the Snanaimuq, 1. 1. Quel(]ues mots (14), French, Tchinoucs [Jar-

Phonology, 1. 2. —Grammatic notes, 11. 3-12. gon] et Sneomus, p. 95.

rormati(m of words, 11. 12-15.—Texts with Copies seen : Bolduc, Mallet, Wellesley.

interlinear literal tran.slation into English, 11. Boston AtheniPum : These words following a title 16-19. or within parentheses after a note indicate that a copy of the work referred to has been seen by jMaterialeu zur Grammatik des Vil- the compiler in the library of that institution, ,^ula, gesammelt im Jannar 1888 in Boston, Mass. Berlin, A'on Dr. F. Boas. Boston Public : These words following a title or Manuscript, 14 unnumbered leaves, folio, within parentheses after a note indicate that a written on one side only; in the library of the copy of the work referred to has been seen by Bureau of EthuologyjWashington, D. C. the compiler in that library, Boston, Mass. Franz I5oas was born in Miuden,AVcstphalia, [Boulet (Pere Jean-Baptiste).] Prayer Germany, July 9, 1858. From 1877 to 1882 ho book and catechism in the Sno- | | | attended the universities of Heidelberg, Bonn, I homish language. [Picture.] and Kiel. The year 1882 he si)ent iii Berlin pre- | | paring for an Arctic voyage, and sailed June, Tulalip, W. T. 1879. I

1883, to Cumberland Sound, Baffin Land, travel- Cover title : Prayer book | .and catechism | | ing in that region until Septemln^r, 1884, return- in the Snohomish language. [Picture.] I | |

ing via St. Johns, Xewfoundhmd, to ><" mission ew York. Tnlalij) press. | 1879. —):

SALISHAN LANGUAGES.

Boulet (J.-B.) — Continuotl. Brinton (D. G.) — Continued. Cover titlo, dedication verso picture etc. 1 1. Linguistic contents as und<'r titles above, p.

title verso iutroductory remarks 1 1. text pp. 5- 396.

:!1, contents p. 32, back cover with picture and Copies seen: Bureau of Etiinologv, Eames, two lines in Snohomish, 18''. Pilling. Some copies have printed at the top of the The American Race : Linguistic ] A

cover titlo the words : Compliments of the Classification Ethnographic De- and | Compiler, J. B. Boulet. ( Pilling.) | Eames, scriptionof theNativ^eT ribesof North Morning and evening praj'ers with headings | 5-1"). and Soutli Daniel G. in Knglish, pp. ^Catechism, pp. 16-31. America, | By | Appendix; Hymn for the funeral of adults, p. Brinton, M., D., Professor [&c. A. M. | 31. ten lines.] | Copies seen : Congress, Eames, Pilling, Shea, New York : D. Hodges, Pub- | N. C. Wellesley, Wisconsiu Historical Society. lisher, 47 Lafayette Place. 1891. | I , editor. See Youth's Compauion. Title verso copyright notice (1891) 1 1. dedi- Brinley (George). See Trumbull (J. H. cation verso blank 1 1. i)rofaco pp. ix-xii, con- Brinton: This word following a title or within tents pp. xiii-xvi, text pp. 17-3 32, linguistic parentheses after a note indicates that a copy of appendix pp. 333-364, additions and corrections the work referred to has been seen hj' the com- pp. 365-368, index of authors pp. 369-373, index piler in the library of Dr. D. G. Brinton, Phila- of subjects pp. 374-392, 8°. delphia, Pa. A brief discussion of the north Pacific coast stocks (pp. 103-117) includes a list of the divi- Brinton {Dr. Dauiel Garrisou). The lan- sions of the Salishan family, p. 108. guage of palaeolithic man. Copies seen : Bureau of Ethnology, Eames, In American Philosoph. Soe. Proc. vol. 25, pp. Pilling. 212-225, PhiLxdelphia, 1838, 8^. Studies in South American Native Terms for /, thou, man, divinity, in Bilhoola and Kawitshin, p. 216. Languages. By Dauiel G. Brinton, M. Issued separately with title-page as follows D. (Read before the American Philo- language of paLeolithic sojihical Society, February 5, 1892.) The | man. | Daniel G. Brinton, D., Pro- In American Philosoph. Soc. Proc. vol. By M. | 30, I I fessor of American Linguistics and. Ar- pp. 45-105, Pliiladelphia, 1892, 8°. (Bureau of Ethnology.) chiBologj'^ in the University of Pennsyl- Vocabulary of 22 words, Spanish and Catolij, vania. Read, before the American Phil- I and numerals 1-10 in Catolq, pp. 84-85. —The osophical Society, October 1888. | 5, j same vocabulary tran.slated from Spanish into Press of MacCalla co., Nos. 237-9 English, aud alphabetically 85. & | arranged, p. Street, Philadelphia. 1888. Dock | Studies in South American Native | I Cover title as above, title as above verso blank Languages. | From mss and rare I 11. text pp. 3-16, 8^. printed sources. Bj' Daniel | G. Brin- Lingui.stic contents as Undertitle nextabove, ton, A. M., M. D., LL.D., Professor of p. 7. |

Copies seen : Eames, Pilling. American Archaeology and Linguistics This arl.icle reprinted in the following: in the University of Pennsylvania. | | of I. Essays an Americanist. Eth- Philadelphia: | | MacCalla & Com- nologic and. Archajologic. II. pany, Printers, 237-9 Dock Street. | Mythol- | ogy Folk Lore. IIL Graphic Sys- 1892. aud |

tems Literature. IV. Linguistic. Title verso blank 1 1. preftitory note verso and | By Daniel G. Brinton, A.M., M.D., blank 1 1. contents verso blank 1 1. text pp. 7- I I | 67, 8°. Professor [&.c. nine lines.] | Linguistic contents as under title next above, Philadelphia: Porter Coates. | & | pp 46-47. 1890. "Among the manuscripts in the Britisli

Title verso copyright notice 1 1. preface Museum there is one in Spanish (Add. Mss., pp. iii-iv, contents pp.v-xii, text pp. 17-467 No. 17631) wliich was obtained in 1848 from the index of authors and authorities pp. 46!l-474, Venezuelan explorer,Michelenay Rojas (author index of subjects pp. 475-489, 8°. A collected of the Exploracion del America del Sur, pub- reprint of some of Dr.Brinton's more, important lished in 1867). It contains several anonymous essays. accounts, by different h.inds, of a voy.ige (or The earliest form of human speech as revealed voyages) to tlio east coast of I'atagonia, 'desde by American tongues (read before the American Gabo BUinco hasta las Virgines,' one of which Philo.sophical Snciety in 18S5 and published in is dated December, 1789. Neither the name of their proceedings under tlie title of "The lan- the ship nor that of the coujm.iuder appears. guages of pal*olitlii(^ man"), pp. 390-40!). "Among the material are two vocabularies . ;

8 BIBLIOGRAPHY OP THE

Brinton (D. G.) — Coutiiiued. Brinton (D. G.) — Contiuited.

of the Tsoneca or TeLuelhet dialect, comprising and Springfield, 111., until August, 1865, whell, about sixty words and ten numerals. These the civil war having closed, he was brevetted correspond closely with the various other lists lieutentant-colonel and discharged. He then of terms collected by travelers. At the close settled in Philadelphia, where he became editor of the MS., however, there is a short vocabu- of The Medical and Surgical Reporter, and lary of an entirely different linguistic stock, also of the quarterly Compendium of Medical without name of collector, date or place, sinless Science. Dr. Brinton has likewise been a the last words -'a la Soleta," refer to some constant contributor to other medical journals, locality. Elsewhere the same numerals are chiefly on questions of public medicine and given, and a few words, evidently from some hygiene, and has edited several volumes on dialect more closely akin to the Tsoneca, and therapeutics and diagnosis, especially the pop-

the name Hongote i.s applied to the tongue. ular series known as Napheys's Modern Ther- This maybe a coiTuption of 'Choonke,' the apeutics, which has passed through so manj' name which Kamon Lista and other Spanish editions. In the medical controversies of the writers apply to the Tsoneca (Hongote=Chou- day, ho has always taken the position that med- gote=Choonke=Ts6neca) ical science should be based on the results of "The list which 1 copy below, however, does clinical observation rather than on ph j'siological not seem closelj' allied to the Tehuelhet, nor to experiments. He has become prominent as a any other tongue with which I have compared student and a writer on American ethnology, it. The MS. is generally legible, though to a his work in this direction beginning while he fe-n- words I have placed an interrogation mark, was a student in college. The winter of 1856-'57, indicating that the handwriting was uuceitain. spent in Florida, supplied him with material The sheet contains the following [Salishan for his first published book on the subject. In vocabulary]". 1884 he was appointed professor of etlinology

In the issue of Science of May 1.3, 1892, Dr. and archsBology in the Academy of Natural Brinton publishes the following note, the sub- Sciences, Philadelphia. For some years he has stance of which also appears in the Proceed- been president of the Numismatic and Anti- ings of the American Philosophical Society for quarian Society of Philadelphia, and in 1886 he April, 1892: was elected vico-in-esident of the American "In a series of ten studies of South American Association for the Advancement of Science, to languages, principally from MS. sources, which preside over the section on anthropology. Dur- I published in the last number of the Proceed- ing the same year he was awarded the medal ings of the American Philosophical Societj', of the Societe Ani6ricaino de France for his

one was partly devoted to the ' Hongote ' lan- "numerous and learned works on American guage, a vocabulary of which I found in a mass ethnology, "being theflrst native of the United of documents in the British Museum stated to States that has been so honored. In 1885 the relate to Patagonia. I spoke of it as an inde- American publishers of the Iconographic En- pendent stock, not related to other languages cyclopaedia requested him to edit the first vol- of that locality. lu a letter just received from ume, to contribute to it the articles on "Anthro- Dr. Franz Boas he points out to me that the pology" and " Ethnology" and to revise that on 'Hongote' is certainly Salish and must have " Ethnography, "by Professor Gerland, of Stras- been collected in the Straits of Fuca, on the burg. He also contributed to the second vol- northwest coast. How it came to be in the ume of the same work an essay on the "Prehis- MS. referred to I cannot imagine, but I hasten toric ArchfBology of both Hemispheres." Dr. to announce the correction as jiromptly as pos- Brinton has established a library and publish- sible." ing house of aboriginal American literature, Copies seen: Bureau of Ethnology, Eames, for the jjurpose of placing within the reach of Pilling. scholars authentic materials for the study of Daniel Garrison Brinton, ethnologist, born in the languages and culture of the native races of Chester County. Pa., May 13, 1837. He was America. Each work is the production of native graduated at Tale in 1858 and at the Jetterson minds and is printed in the original. The Medical College in 1861, after which he spent a series, mostof which were edited by Dr. Brinton year in Europe in study and in travel. On his himself, include The Maya Chronicles (Phila- return he entered the army, in August, 1862, as delphia, 1882); The Iroquois Book of Rites acting assistant surgeon. In Pebruary of the (1883); The Giiegiience: A Comedy Ballet in following year he was commissioned surgeon the Nahuatl Spanish Dialect of Nicaragua served and as surgeon in chief of the second (1883) ; A Migration Legend of the Creek In-

division, eleventh corps. He was present at the dians (1884) ; The Lenape and Their Legends battles of Cliancellorsville, Gettysburg, and (1885); The Annals of the Cakchiquels (1885) other engagements, and was appointed medical [Ancient Nahuatl Poetry (1887); Rig Veda director of his corps in October, 1863. In con- Americanns (1890)]. Besides publishing numer- se(iuencoof a sunstroke received soon after the ous papers ho has contributed valuable reports battle of Gettysburg ho was disqualified for on his examinations of mound:'', .shell-heaps, active service, and in the autumn of that year he rock inscriptions, and other antiquities. He is became sui)eriutfniloiit of hospitals at Quincy the author of The I'^loridian Peninsula: Its Lit- —:

SALISHAN LANGUAGES.

Brinton (D. G.) — Continued. Bulmer (T. S.) — Continued. prary History, Indian Tribes, and Antiquities ali)hal)etically arranged by English words 11. 1-189, written side only, folio. In posses- (Philadelphia, 1859) ; The Myths of tho New on one World: A Treatise on the Symbolism and sion of its author, who kindly loaned it to me " " Mythology of the Ked Kace of America (New for examination. In his memos the author gives a list of letters to indicate the origin York, 1868) ; The Religious Sentiment : A Con- used tribution to the Science and Philosophy of of the respective words (7, N, I, E, F, Ch. Tak., Keligion (1876); American Hero Myths: A Cliinook, Nootka, Indian, English, French, Chi-

Study in the Native Keligions of the AVestern halis, and Takania ; and a second list of per- Continent (Philadelphia, 1882); Aboriginal sons from whom the words were obtained and American Authors and their Productions, localities in which they were used. Especially those in tlie Native Languages "In my selection of the term Chee-Chinook (1883) and A Grammar of the Cakchiquel Lan- I merely intend to convey to students that it origin in or Original guage of Guatemala ( 1884). —AppJeton'fi Cyclop, has its principal the Old of Am. Biog. Chinook language; and although it contains and British Museum : These vrords following a title or manj' other Indian words as well as French within parentheses after a note indicate that a English, yet it came forth from its mother as an copy of the work referred to has been seen by hybrid, and as such has been bred and nourished the compiler in the library of that institution, as a nur.sling from the parent stem. I therefore London, Eng. designate it as a chee or new Chinook—the word Bulmer(L>r.Tlioma8 Sanderson). Chinook ehee being a Jargon word for lately, just now, Jargon grammar and dictionary | | [ Chinook Jargon dictionary. Part T. S. Bnlmer, M.D., CM., ] compiled by | Surgeon-Accouclieur, III. Chinook-English. F. S. A., London, |

Manuscript ; 121 leaves folio, written on one Koyal College of Surgeons, England. | side onlj', interspei;^ed with 40 blank leaves [»fcc. lines.] (*) Author of four inserted for additions and corrections. In author. Salt Manuscript in possession of its possession of its author. Lake City, Utah, who furnished me the above The dictionary occupies 106 leaves, and many transcript of the title-page, and who writes me, of the words are followed by their equivalents " it : I shall October, 1891, concerning as follows in the languages fi-om which they are derived, issue it on Hall's typewriter, and then duplicate and the authority therefor. Following the copies with another special machine, and use dictionary are the following : Original Indian various types on the machine, testing tlio uses names of town-sites, rivers, mountains, etc., iu of each. . . . Fifty i)ages will be devoted the western parts of the State of AVashington origin of the language from all sources. to the Skokomish, 2 11.; Chemakum, Lower Chihalis, Examples of hymns from various languages Duwamish, 1 1. ; Chinook, 2 11. ; miscellaneous, 2 will given.' be 11. —Names of various places in the Klamath Contains words of Salishan origin, many •and Modoc countries, 3 11. —Camping places some of which are so indicated. and o'ther localities around the Upper Klamath Chinook Jargon language. Part II. | Lake, 5 11.

[Two lines Chinook Jargon.] [ to Bulmer's Chinook | To be Appendix I ] completed in IX parts. Compiled dictionary. | by Jargon grammar and | T. S. Bulmer, M.I)., C. M.. F. S. A. So. Manuscript, 11. 1-70, 4°, in possession of its London. Ably assisted Rev'd author. | by A., |

( Jeneral phrases, as literal as possible, Chi- M. Eells, D. D., and Rev'd Pere N. L. nook .and English, 11. 6-26. —Detached sentences, St. Ouge, (formerly missionary to the 11. 27-29.—Prayer in English, 11. 30-31 ; same in

Yakania Indians). 11. 32-33.—"History" in English, 11. 34- I Jargon,

Manuscript; title as above verso blank 1 1. 36; sauu^ in Jargon (by Mr. Eells), with inter-

text 11. 1-124, 4°. In possession of Dr. Bulmer. linear English translation, 11. 37-43. — An

"Words iu the Niskwalli having some resem- •address iu English, II. 44-46; .s.amo iu J.argon,

blance to the Chinook Jargon, 1. 41. nnth interline.ar English translation. 11.47-53. The Chee-Chinook language or A sermon in Engli.sh, 11. 54-55; same iu Jargon, | | Jargon. In parts. with interlinear English translation, II. .")G-61. Chinook | | IX Part | Address in Jargon to the Indians of Paget III. English-Chinook dictionary. I | Sound, by Mr. Eells, with interlinear English First edition. T. S. Bulmer, | By ably translation, 11. 62-66. —Address "On !Man,"in Eells, the Revd. D.D., 1. ; interlinear assisted by | M. English, 67 same in Jargon, with ifethe Revd Pere Saint Onge, both mis- English translation, 11. 68-70. sionaries to the Indians in Washington Contains many words of Salishan origin, some of which .are so indicated. & Oregon states. [ Part II of Bulmer's Ai)]iendix ] I | Manuscript; title verso 1>lank 1 1. preface I Grammar and to the Cliee-Chinook | verso blank 1 1. special note for readers verso

blank 1 1. "memos to guide tlio reader" 2 11. test Dictionary. — :

10 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

Bulmer (T. S.) — Continued. Bulmer (T. S.) — Continued.

Manuscript, 57 11. 4°, in possession of its Boas, 11. 6-12.—Hymns by Mr. Eells, 11. 13-32. author. All the above are in Jargon with English trans- 2-3. Form of marriage, 11. —Solemnization of lations.—Hymns in Niskwalli by Mr. Eells, 1. the marriage servico,]1.4-10. These two articles 33. —Hymns in Jargon by Vbre St. Onge, 11. 34- in are Jargon, with interlinear English transla- 45.—Hjnin in Takama, by Pero St. Onge, 11. 45-

tion.—Address, in 11. English, 11-12; thesamein 40; the same in English, 11. 57-64.—Takama Jargon, with interlinear English translation, 11. prose song bj' Father Pandosy, with French 13-17. " — From Addison, "in Jargon, with inter- translation, 11. 65-69.—Hymns in Jargon by line.ar English translation, 11. 18-19. —An oration Mr. Eells, 11. 70-71.—Hymn in Takama with in English, 1.20; the s.ame in Twana by Mr. interlinear English tran.slation, 11. 72-73. —Song Eell.s, with 11. interlinear English translation, in English, 1. 74; same in Si wash, 11. 75-77. 21-22.—A Twana tradition, hy Mr. Eells, with interlinear English translation, 1.23; the same [The Lord's prayer in various Indian

in English, 11. 24-25.—Legends in Jargon, hy languages.] P6re L. N. St. Onge, with interlinear English Manuscript; no title-page; text 24 unnum- translation, 11. 26-57. bered leaves, written on one side only, 4°. Contains a number of words of Salishan The Lord's prayer in Chinook Jargon, 1.1; in origin, many of which are so indicated. Takama,* 1.2; in Micraac, 1. 3. —Ave Maria in

Micmac, 1. 3. Lord's prayer in Penobscot, 1. [ ] Special scientific notes. — 4; inMareschite, 1. 5; inPassamaquoddy (two ver- Manuscript, 11. 1-77, 4°, in possession of its author. sions)!. 5; Micmac (ancient), 1. 6; Montagnais. 1. 6; Abenaki, 11. 6-7; i)ure Mareschite, 1.7; General remarks on Indian languages, 11. 1-

Snohomish, 1. 7; Ni.skwalli. * 1. 8 ; Clallam,* 1.9; 3. —Origin of languages, 11. 4-11. — Scientitic notes on the European and Asiatic languages, Twana,* 1.10; Sioux, 1. 11 ; Flathead,*!. 12; Cas-

cade,* 1. 12 ; Tlallam, 1. 13 ; Huron, 1. ; Black- 11. 12-35. —American Indian languages, 11. 35-63, 13

foot, 1. ; 1. includes remarks upon find examples in thelro- 13 Abenaki, 14 ; Choctaw,!. 14 ; Ottawa, quois, Cherokee, Sahaptin, Algonkiu, Xahuatl, 1. 14; Assiniboine, 1. 15; Seneca, 1.15; Caughna- Shoshone, Cree, Sioux, and Jargon. —List of waga, 1.15; otherMicmac, 1. 16; Totonac, 1.16; Cora,l. Mistek,"^!. words in the Chinook Jargon the same as in 16; 17; Maya,*l. 17; Algon- quin,* 1. 22.— in Snohomish, 11. 23-24. Nitlakapamuk, 11. 64-67.—Selish numerals, 1-18, Hymn Tho.se prayers marked with asterisk are I. 65. —List of tribes of Alaska and its neigh- an accompanied by an interlinear English trans- borhood, 1. 60.—Twana verbs, 1. 67.—Mskwally lation. verbs, 1. 68. —Clallam verbs, 1. 69.—Kemarks on

the Takama, 11. 70-77. The compiler of this ])aper informs me it is his intention to add one hundred other versions [ The Christian i)r.ayers in Chi- ] | of the Lord's prayer, from the Californian and nook [Jargon]. Mexican languages.

Manuscript ; 61 11. 4°, in the possession of its In addition to the above papers. Dr. Bulmeris author. also the author of a number of articles ajipearing

Prayers in Chinook Jargon, 11. 1-5.—Lessons in Father Lo Jeune's Kamloops Wawa, q. v. 1-17 in Chinook Jargon, with English headings, I am indebted to Dr. Bulmer for the notes

II. 6-23. —List of special words adopted by upon which is based the following account

Fathers Blanchet and Demers in connection Thomas Sanderson Bulmer wasborn in 1 834, in

with the service of the mass, 11. 24-25. — Trans- Torkshire, England. Hewas educated at Pres-

lation of the Chinook prayers into English, 11. ton grammar school, Stokesley, and at Newton 26-38. —Copy of a sermon preached by Rev. Dr. under Brow, was advanced under Rev. C. Cator Eells to the Indians at M'allawalla, with inter- and Lord Beresford's son at Stokesley, and af.'er-

linear English translation, 11. 39-46. "Of the 97 wards was admitted a pupil of the Tork and words used, 40 are of Cliinook origin, 17 Nootka, Ripon diocesan college. He was appointed prin- 3 Selish, 23 English, 2 Jargon, and 6 in cipal of Doncaster union agricultural schools, French."—Articles of faith of the Congrega- but soon after emigrated to Kew Tork. There tional church at Skokomish, Washington, in he took charge, as head master, of General the Jargon with interlinciir English transla- Hamilton's free school. Thence he went to

tion, 11. 47-52. —Oration in Chinook Jargon with Upper Canada and was appointed one of the pro-

interline.ir English translation, 11. 53-54. fessors in L'Asscmption Jesuit College. From

Prayers to God in Englisli blank verse, 11. 55- there he went to Rush Medical College and Lind

56 ; the same in Jargon with interlinear English ITniversity, Chicago; thence to the ficole Nor-

translation, 11. 57-61. male, Montreal; thence to Toronto University, medical department. Later he continued his [Hymns, songs, etc., in the Chinook studies in the Ecole de Medecine and McGill Jargon and other languages.] University, Montreal, and graduated in medi-

4"^. Manuscript ; no title-page ; test 77 leaves, cine at Victoria University. In 1808 he went in possession of its author. to Loudon, whence he proceeded to New Zea- Songs, 1. 1. —Song with music, 11. 2-3. —School land, and was appointed superintendent of songs by Mr. Eells, 11. 4^5.—Songs from Dr. quarantine at AVellingtou. In Tasmania and :

SALISHAN LANGUAGES. 11

Bulmer(T. S.) — Continneil. Buschmann (J. C. E.) — Continued.

Australia he held similar positions. His health Copies seen : Astor, Congress, Eames, Pilling, failing, he went to Egypt, and later returned to Trumbull. England. The English climate not agreeing The copy at the Fischer sale, catalogue no. with him, he took a tour of the Mediterranean 270, brought 14s. ; at the Field sale, catalogue ports. Keturning to London, the Russian no. 75 235, cents ; priced by Leclerc, 1878, no. grippe att.acked him, and he was warned to seek 3012, 12 fr. and by Trubnor, 1882, 15«. a new climate. Ho returned to Montreal, en Die Spureu der aztekiscbeu Sprache route for the Kocky Mountains, where he sought im nordliclien Indian society for a considerable time. Finding Mexico und buberen winter dis.astrous to him, he proceeded to Utah anierikanischcn Norden. Zugleicb eine in search of health. For the last two years he Mus terung der Volker uud Spracbeu des has been engaged in writing up his Chinook nordlicben Mexico's uud der Westseite books, as well as completing his Egyptian Rites Nordanierika's von Gnadalaxara an bis and Ceremonies, in wliich ho has been assisted zuiu Eismeer. Von Job. Carl Ed. by English Egyptologists. Dr. Bulmer is a Busch- member of several societies in England and mann. America and the author of a number of works In Konigliche Akad. der Wiss. zu Berlin, on medical and scientific subjects. Abhandlungen aus dem Jahre 1854, Zweiter Supp. -Band, pp. 1-819 (forms the whole volume), Bureau of Ethnology : These words following a Berlin, 1859, 4°. title or within parentheses after a note indicate A general discussion of the peoples of Oregon thatacopy of the work referred to has been seen and Washington (pp. 658-6G2) includes the by the compiler in the library of the Bureau of Tsihali-Selish, with its tribal and linguistic Ethnology, Washington, D. C. divisions, habitat, etc., pp. 658-660. —Speech of Buschmanu ( Johauu Carl Eduard). Die Puget Sound, Fuca Strait, etc., p. 70, includes Viilker uud Sprachen Neu-Mexico's the Salishan divisions. und der Westseite des britischeu Nord- Lssued separately with title-page as follows amerika's, dargestellt von Hrn. Biiscli- Die Spuren der aztekiscbeu Sprache I im nordlicben Mexico mann. | und hoheren I In Konigliche Akad. der Wiss. zu Berlin, amerikanischen Norden. | Zugleicb | Abhandlungen, aus dem Jahre 1857, pp. 209- eine Musterung der Volker und Spra- 4°. 414, Berlin, 1858. chen des nordlicben Mexico's | und "Wortverzeichniss des TlaoqHat('.h,Kawitchen, I der Westseite Nordanierika's | von Noosdalum, Squallyamish, and pseudo Chinook Gna- dalaxara an bis zum Eismeer. (Cathlascon?) 375-378. on | Voji pp. —Comments the | BiUechoola, p. 382.—Wortrerzeiohness der Job. Carl Ed. Buschmanu. | Hailtsa (from Tolmie and from Hale) und BiUe- Berlin. Gedrucktiuder | Buchdruck- choola, pp. 385-389. —Comments on the Hailtsa, ereidorkdnigl. Akademie derWissen- BiUechoola, and Kawitchen, with a few exam- | schafteu. 1859. ples, p. 390. | Half-title verso blank 1 1. general title of Issued separately with title-page as follows: the series verso blank 1 1. title as above verso blank

Die Volker uud Spracheu Neu- 1 1. abgekiirtze luhalts-tjbersicht | pp. vii-xii, Mexieo's uud der Westseite des text pp. 1-713, Einleitung in das geographische | | | | britisclieu Nordamorika's dargestellt Register pp. 714-718, geographische Register | pp. 718-815, vermisi-hteXachweisungeu pp. 816- Ivon Job. Carl Ed. Buschmauu. | Aus I 818, Verbesserungen, p. 819. 4°. den Abhandluugeu der kouigl. Akade- Linguistic contents as under title next above.

mie der Wissencbaften zu : | Berlin Copies seen Astor, Brinton, Eames, Maison- 1857. iieuve, Pilling, Quaritch, Smithsonian, Trum- I Berlin gedruckt in der Buehilruck- bull. | Published at 20 Marks. An uncut, half- mo- ereider kuuigl. Akademie | derWissen- rocco copy was sold at the Fischer sale, cata- scbaften 1858. In | | Commission bei F. logue no. 269, to Quaritch, fo^ 21. lis. ; the latter

Diimmler's Verlags-Bucbbaudluug. prices two copies, catalogue no. 12552, one 21. 2s.

Cover title as above, title as above verso the other 21. 10s. ; the Pinart copy, catalogue no.

notice 1 1. text pp. 209-40t, Inhalts-lJbersicht 178, brought 9 fr. ; Koohler, catalogue no. 440, 405-413, Verbesserungen 4°. jirices pp. p. 414, it 13 M. 50 Pf. ; priced again by Quaritch,

Linguistic contents as under title n^jxt above. no. 30037, 21. 12 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

C. (J. F.) A Happy Indian Village. Canadian Indian — Continued.

In the Ave Maria, vol. 20, pp. 444-445, Notre of the first number was chauged to Research Dame, Indiana, May 12, 1888,sm. 4°. (Pilling.) in the following numbers. The Ave Maria in the Ralispel language, p. Wilson (E. F.), A comparative vocabulary,

445. vol. 1, pp. 104-107.

Reprinted in St. Joseph's Advocate, sixth Copies seen : Eames, Pilling, "Wellesley. year, pp. 394-395, Baltimore, July, 1888, sm. 4°. [Canestrelli {Bei\ Philip).] Catechism (Bureau of Ethnology.) of Christian 1 Doctrine prepared I ( Campbell ( Jolin). Origin of the aborig- and enjoined order of the | by | Third ines of Canada. A paper read before Plenary Council of Baltimore | Trans- December, the society, ITth 1880, by lated into Flat-head a father j by of Prof. J. Campbell, M.A. the Society of Jesus | In Quebec Lit. and Hist. Soc. Trans., session Woodstock college [Md.] 1891 | 1880-1881, pp. 61-93, and appendix pp. i-xxxiv, Title verso blank 1 1. text (entirely in the Quebec, 1882, 12°. (Pilling.) Kalispel language with the exception of a few The iirst part of this paper is an endeavor to headings in English) pp. 3-100, errata pp. 101- show a resemblance between various families 102, sq. 16°. of the New AYorld, and between these and Catechism, pp. 3-88.—Prayers, pp. 89-100. various peoples of the Old World. Copies seen : Eames, PiUing. Comparative vocabulary (90 words) of the

Niskwalli and the Malay-Polynesian lan- [ Interrogationes faciendie a sacer- ] | guages, pp. xxxii-xxxiv. dote ad baptismum conferendum Issued separately with title-page as follows: I | procedente. Origin of the aborigines of | | Can- Colophon: S. Ignatii, in Montanis. ada. A paper read before the Literary I Typis missiouis. [1891.] historical society, Quebec, by and | | | Frontispiece (vignette of the Virgin and child

prof. J. Campbell, M. A., (of Mon- with the inscription N. S. del Carmen) recto 1. | treal,) D^legu(5 G^n6ral de I'lnstitu- 1, text with heading above, and with other I throughout, tion Ethnographiqiie de Paris. Latin headings scattered pp. [2-4]. | 24°. Printed by the school boys at St. Ignatius Quebec: printed at the "Morning | Mission.

chronicle" office. ] 1881. Copies seen : Eames, Pilling. Cover title as above, title as above verso jirayer in the Kalispel blank 1 1. dedication verso blank 1 1. text pp. [Litany and 1-33, and appendix pp. i-xxxiv, 8°. Twenty-five language. copies printed. St. Ignatius Print, Montana, 1891.] under title next Linguistic contents as above. Frontispiece (vignetteof the Virgin and child Copies seen : "Wellesloy. with the in8cripti(m N. S. del Carmen) recto

Canadian Indian. Vol.1. October, 1890. 1. 1, text pp. [2-3], 12°. Printed by the school Ignatius Mission. No. I [-Vol. I. September, 1891. No. 12]. boys at St. Indian Editors Lu Skuskuests lu t St. Miirie, p. [2]. —Oratio The Canadian | | I I | Loonis P. P. XIII ad S. Joseph, p. [3]. H. B. Small. F. Wilson | Pub- rev. E. | Copies seen: Eames, Pilling. the Auspices of the lished under | Can-

[ ] Nchaumen | Lu kaeks-auaum Indian Kesearchal [«k'] society adian | hoi la sainte lu tel l-{igal potu messe | Contents [&c. doul)le columns, each I | I le pape. kae-pogot | eight lines.] Single Copies, 20 Cents. | Colophon: St. Ignatius Print, Mon- Annual Subsbription, $2.00. | tana. [1891.] Printed and Published byJno. Ruth- One leaf printed on one side only, 8°. Printed Sound, Ontario[Canada]. erford, Owen by the 8cho(d boys at St. Ignatius Mission. [1890-1891.] Three prayers in the Kalispel language.

12 numbers : cover title as above, text pp. 1- Copies seen : Eames, Pilling. 356, 8°. A continuation of " Our Forest Cliil- [— ] Stabat mater [in the Kalispel lan- dren," described in the Bibliography of the — guage.] Algonquian languages. The publication was suspended witli the twelfth number, with the [St. Ignatius Print, Montana, 1891.] intention of resuming it in January, 1892. It 1 leaf, 8°, printed on one side only. Printed has been found impraiticablo to carry out the by the school boys at St. Ignatius Mission.

project. The word "Kesearchar' on the cover Copies seen : Eames, Pilling. : — —

SALISHAN LANGUAGES. 13

[The first three of the (G.) — Continued. Carmany (J. H. ) Catlin ten commanilments, and the Lord's her 23, 1872. He studied law at Litchfleld.Conn., prayer in the Nauaimo language.] but after a few years' practice went to Phila- delphia and turned his attention to drawing In Bancroft (H. H.), Jfative races of the and painting. As an artist he was entirely self- Pacific states, vol. 3, pp. 611-612, New York, taught. In 1832 he went to the Ear West and 1875, 8°. spent eight years among tlie Indians of Yellow- Kepriuted in the various editions of the .same stone Eiver, Indian Territory, Arkansas, and work. Florida, painting a unique series of Indian por- [Caruana (Rev. J. M.)] Promissiones traits and pictures, which attracted much attention, on their exhibition, both in ibis Domini Nostri Jesu Christi factae B. country and in Europe. Among these were 470 Alacoqne. Eupoteenet la Marg. M. | full-length portraits and a large nvimber of la npiilg- Jesus Christ zogomshitem | pictures illustrative of Indian life and customs, hnes Margherite Marie Alacoquo le most of which are now preserved in the | chesnku^itemistos la ghul potenzutis, National Museum, Washington. In 1852-1857 Mr. Catlin traveled in South and Central ghul sengastns la ezjioz. I America, after which he lived in Europe until Colophon : P. A. Kemper, Dayton, O. 1871, when he returned to the United States. (N.Ameriea.) [1890.] (Cfrur d'Alene, One hundred and twenty-six of his drawings Indian.) illustrative of Indian life were at the Philadel- phia exiiosition of 1876. He was the author of A .small card, 3 by 5 inches in size, headed as above, and containing twelve '"Promises of Notes of Eight Years in Europe (New York,

18-t8) ; of Our Lord to Blessed Margaret Mary," in the Manners, Customs, and Cimdition the

North American Indians (London, 1857) ; The CcEur d'Alene language. On the verso is a colored picture of the sacred heart, with four Breath of Life, or Mal-Rospiration (New York, lines inscription beneath, in English. 1861); and 0-kee-pa: A Religious Ceremony, Mr. Kemper has issued a similar card in and other Cu.stems of the Mandans (London, many languages. 1867). Apjjleton's Cyclop, of Am. Biog.

Copies seen : Eames, Pilling, Wellesley. Catloltq. See Komuk.

Catalogue of the American library. See Chamberlain (Alexander Francis). The Trumbull (J.H.) Eskimo race and language. Their origin relations. A. F. Catechism and By Cham- Kalispel SeeGiorda (J.) berlain, B. A. Xotlakapamuk Le Jeune (J. M. E.) In Canadian Inst. Proc. third series, vol.6, Salish Canestrelli (P.) pp. 261-337, Toronto, 1889, 8°. Snohomish Boulet (J.B.) Comparative Eskimo and Ind ian vocabularies (pp. 318-322) contains a number of words iu Catechism . . . translated into Flat- Kawitchen, Selish, Niskwalli, Bilkula, Kow- head. See Canestrelli (P.) clitsch, and Skwale (from Tolmie and Dawson Catlin (George). North and South Amer- and from Hale), pp. 318-320. ican Indians. Catalogue descriptive | | [ ] Numerals, Vocabulary, and Sen- and instructive of Catlin's Indian | | | tences in the Language of the Colville Cartoons. Portraits, types, and cus- | Indians at Nelson, British Columbia. toms. 600 paintings in oil, with | I | Manuscript, pp. 1-7 of a blank book, 8^ ; in 20,000 full length figures illustrating possession of its author. | their various games, religious cere- Numerals 1-20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 200, monies, other customs, 27 300, pp. 1-2. —Yocabulary (60 words), pp. 3-5. and | and | I Phrases and sentences, pp. 5-7.— Pronouns, p. 9. canvas iiaintings of Lasalle's dis- | | Alexander Francis Chamberlain was born at coveries. I Kenninghall, Norfolk, England, January 12, York: Baker Godwin, Print- New | & 1805, and came to New York with his parents ers, Printing-house srxuare, 1871. in 1874. | in 1870, removing with them to Canada I Abridged title on cover, title as above verso He matriculated from the Collegiate Institute,

blank 1 1. remarks verso note 1 1. text pp. 5-92, Peterboro, Ontario, into the University of certificates pp. 93-99, 8°. Toronto in 1882, from which institution he Proper names with English significations in graduated with honors in modern languages and

.a number of American languages, among them ethnology iu 1880. From 1887 to 1890 ho was a few of the Spokan and Selish. fellow in modem languages in I^niversity Col-

Copies seen : Astor, Congress, Eames, Welles- lege, Toronto, .and in 1889 received the degree ley, Wisconsin Historical Society. of M. A. from his alma m.ater. In 1891) he was (ieorge Catlin, painter, born in Wilkesbarre, appointed fellow in anthropology in Clark Uni-

Pa., in 1796, die4 jn Jersey City, N. J., P?cew. versity, Worcester, Mass., Ty^liere he pccu^ifi^ :

14 BIBLIOGEAPHY OF THE

Chamberlain (A. F. ) — Contiuued. Chirouze {Fr. — ). Vocabulary of the liimself with studies in the Algonquian lan- Snohomish language. (*) guages and the physical anthropology of Amer- Manuscript, oblong 12^; in possession of M. ica. In June, 1890, he went to British Colum- Alph.L. Pinart. bia, where, imtil the following October, he was engaged in studying the Kootenay Indians Clallam. Se under the auspices of the British Association for the Advancement of Science. A summary of the results of these investigations appears in the proceedings of the association for 1892. A dictionary and grammar of the Kooteuay language, together with a collection of texts of myths, are also being proceeded with. In 1892 Mr. Chamberlain received from Clark Univer- sity the degree of Ph. D. in anthropology, his

' thesis being : 'The Language of theMississagas

of Skugog : A contribution to the Linguistics of

' the Algonkian Tribes of Canada, ' embodying the results of his investigations of these Indians.

Mr. Chamberlain, whose attention was, early in life, directed to philologic and ethnologic studies, has contributed to the scientific journals of America, from time to time, articles on subjects connected with linguistics and folk- lore, especial^^y of the Algonquian tribes. He has also been engaged in the study of the Low- German and French Canadian dialects, the results of which will shortly appear. Mr. Cham- berlain is a member of several of the learned societies of America and Canada and fellow of the American Association for the Advancement of Science. In 1892 he was appointed lecturer in anthropology at Clark University.

Ohehalis General discussion See Hale (H.) General discussion Swan (J. G.)

General discussion Tolmie ("W. F. ) and Dawson (G.M.) Geographic names Bulmer (T. S.) Gramniatic treatise Eells(M.) Grammatic treatise Gallatin (A.) Grammatic treatise Hale (H.) Numerals Eells (M.) Numerals Montgomerie (J. E.) Numerals Swan (J.G.)

Sentences Swan (,T. G.) Vocabulary Eells (M.) Vocabulary Halo (H.) Vocabulary Latham (E.G.) Vocabulary Pinart (A. L.) Vocabulary Roehrig (F. L.O.) Vocabulary Smet (P.J.de). Vocabulary Swan (J. G.)

Vocabulary Tolmie (W. F ) and Dawson (G.M.) "Words Bancroft (H. H.) "Words Gibbs (G.) Words NicoU (E. H.) See also Salish. ) :

SALISHAN LANGUAGES. 15

Cooper (J. G.) Vocabulary of the Tsi- Craig {Dr. R. O.) Vocabulary of the Ska- h.'t-lisb. git.

3 pages, 4° ; in the library of the Manuscript, Manuscript, 2 pages, 4° ; in the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Collected in 1854. Con- Bureau of Ethnology. Collected at Ft. Bel- sists of 180 -nords. liugham, "Washington Ty., Sept., 1858. Con- In the same library is a copy of this manu- tains 72 words only. script, 3 pages, 4°, made by its compiler, and a A copy of this vocabulary, made by Dr. Geo. I)artial one, two leaves, folio,mado by Dr. Geo. Gibbs, is in the same library. Gibbs. Vocabulary of the Suohomish. Cowitchen. See Kawichen. Manuscript, 4 pages folio ; in the library of the Cowlitz. See Kaiilits. Bureau of Ethnology. Contains 45 words only.

Daa (Ludwig Kristenseu). On the affin- Dawson (G. M. ) — Continued. ities between the languages of the meanings: 1, Shuswap names (130) of places

on the Kamloops sheet, ; northern tribes of the old and new con- pp. 40-42 2, Shuswap names (64) of places beyond the limits of the tinents. By Lewis Kr. Daa, Esq., of Kamloops sheet, pp. 43-44 ; 3, Shuswap names Christiania, Norway. (Read December (20) of inhabited villages, p. 44.—A few (7) of the 20th.) the principal villages beyond the limits of the In Philological Soc. [of London] Trans. i85U, Kamloops sheet, p. 44. pp. 251-294, London [1857], 8°. (Congress.) "I am indebted to Mr. "W. Mackay, Indian Comparative tables showing affinities be- agent at Kamloops, for several interesting con- tween Asiatic and American languages, pp. 264- tributions, which will be found embodied in the 285, contains words from many North American following pages." languages, the Salishan being represented by Issued separately, with half-title as follows Selish, Okanagen, Atnah, Kawi- the Tsehaili, Notes on the Shuswap people of tchen, Koosdalum, Squalyamish, and Bille- British Columbia. By George | M. Daw- choola. son, LL.D., F. R. S. Assistant Director, I Davis (Marion) . See Eells (M. Geological Survey of Canada. Mercer). Notes on Dawson {Dr. George [Montreal: Dawson brothers. 1892.] the Shuswap People of British Colum- Half-title on cover, no inside title, text pp. 3- bia. By George M. Daw.son, LL. D., 44, map, 4°. Linguistic F. R. S., Assistant Director Geological contents as under title next above. Copies seen : Eames, Pilling. Survey of Canada. (Read May 27, 1891.) In Royal Soc. of Canada, Proe. .and Trans, for See Tolmie (W.F.) and Dawson (G.

1891, vol. 9, section 2, pp. 3-44, Montreal, 1892, (M.) map, 4°. (Bureau of Ethnology.) George Mercer Dawson was born at Pictou, discussion of the people, General references Nova Scotia, August 1, 1849, and is the eldest son to published and unpublished linguistic mate- of Sir William Dawson, principal of McGill rial, etc., pp. 3-4. —Tribal subdivisions, with University, Montreal. He was educated at etymologies, names given other tribes, etc. McGill College and the Royal Scliool of Mines; (partly by Muckay), pp. 4-7. —Villages and held the Duke of Cornwall's scholarship, given houses, pp. 7-10, coutain a number of native by the Prince of Wales ; and took the Edward terms. —Measures of length employed by the Forbes medal in paleontology and the Murch- Shuswap (6 terms), p. 19. — Plants u.sed as food ison medal in geology. He was appointed geol- and for other purposes, pp. 19-23, includes a ogist and naturalist to Her Majesty's North number of native terms passim. — Historical American Boundary Commission in 1873, and at

notes (pp. 23-26) includes a number of personal the close of the commission's work, in 1875, lie names, a vocabulary (13 words) and numerals published a report under the title of " Geology 1-9, p. 25. —Vocabulary (11 words) obtained and Resources of the Forty-ninth Parallel." In from Joyaska, a native, p. 26. —Account of the July, 1875, he received an aiipointment on the first knowledge of the whites (from Mackay), geological survey of Canada. From 1875 to 1879 pp. 26-28, contains a number of personal and he was occupied in tlie geological survey and geographic names.—Mytliology, pp. *i8-35, con- exploration of Britisli Columbia, and subse- tains a number of native words and phra^s (jueutly engaged in similar work, both in the (partly from Mackay).—Stories attaching to Northwest Territory aud British Columbia. Dr. particular localities, pp. 35-38, includes a num- Dawson is the ;iuthor of numerous ])apers on ber of bird and geographic names.—Names of geology, natural history, and ethnology, pub- the stars and months, pp. :^9-40.—List of 220 lished in the Canadian Naturalist, Quarterly place-names in the Shuswap couutry, with Journal of tUe Geological Society, TrauBactiQQs :

16 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

Dawson (G. M.) — Continued. Dunbar: This word following a title or within indicates that a of of the Royal Society of Canada, etc. He was parentheses after a note copy has seen the com- in 1887 selected to take charge of the Yukon the work referred to been by expedition. piler in the library, now dispersed, of Mr. John B. Dunbar, Bloonifleld, N. J. De Horsey {Lieut. Algernon F. R.) See Durieu {Binhop Paul). By Rt. Rev. Montgomerie (J.E.) and De Horsey Bishop Durieu. O. M. I. Skwamish. (A.F.R.) | | Morning Prayers. De Smet (Bev. Peter John). See Smet [Kamloops, B.C.: 1891.] P. J. de). No title-page, he.ading only; text pp. 1-32, Dictionary 16°. See fac-siniile of first page. Kalispel See Giorda (J.) Translated by Bishop Durieu into Skwam- Niskwali Gibbs (G.) ish and transcribed into shorthand by Father Niskwali Powell (J. W.) Le Jeuno, editor of the, Kamloops Wawa, who Twana Eells (M.) printed it on the mimeograph. Morning prayers, 1-12. Night Dictionary of the Chinook Jargon. See pp. — prayers, pp. 12-16.—Preparation for confession, pp. 17- Coones (S. F.) 32. Dictionary of the Kalispel. See Giorda Copies seen : Pilling. (J.) Prayers in Stalo by Rt. Rev. Bishop Durieu. O. I. Stalo. | M. | Aborig- | Drake (Samuel Gardiner). The | com- Morning Prayers. inal races | of | North America ; | [Kamloops, B.C.: prising biographical sketches of emi- 1891.] I No title-page, heading only ; text 1-16, 16". individuals, historical pp. nent | and | an Translated into Stalo by Bishop Durieu, and the dift'erent tribes, from account of | | transcribed into shorthand by Father Le Jeune,

the first discovery of the continent | to editor and publisher of the Kamloops TTawa, present period with a disserta- who reproduced it by aid of the mimeograph. the | I tion on their Origin, Antiquities, Man- Morning prayers, pp. 1-13.—The rosary, pp. I 13-16. Customs, illustrative narra- ners and | Copies seen : Pilling.

tives anecdotes, and a | copious and | The Rev. A. G. Morice, of Stuart's Lake Mis-

analytical index | by Samuel G. Drake. sion, British Columbia, a famous Athapascan Fifteenth edition, revised, with val- scholar, has kindly furnished me the following | I additions, Prof. H. L. brief account of this writer: uable | by Wil- Bishop Paul Durieu w.as bom at St. Pal-de- liams. [Quotation, six lines.] I | Mous, in the diocese of Puy, France, December York. Hurst New | & company, pub- 3, 1830. After his course in classics he entered lishers. 122 Nassau Street. [1882.] I the novitiate of the Oblates at Notre Dame de Title verso copyrij;ht notice 1 1. preface pp. rOzier in 1847 and made his religious profession 3-4, contents pp. 5-8, Indian tribes and nations in 1849. He was ordained priest at Marseilles pp. 9-16, half-title Terso bl.ank 1 1. text pp. 19- March 11, 1854, and was sent to the missions of 767, index pp. 768-787, 8°. Oregon, where he occupied, successively, sev-

Gatschet (A. S.), Indian languages of the eral posts. At the breaking out of the rebellion Pacific states and territories, pp. 748-763. among the Takama Indians he had to leave for Copies seen: Astor, Congress, Wisconsin His- the Jesuit mission at Spokane. He was after- torical Society. wards sent to Victoria and then to Okanagan by Clarke & co. 1886, no. 6377, price a copy $3. his superiors. Thence he was sent as superior of the Fort Rupert Mission, and when, on June Americana Catalogue de Dufosse(E.) | 2, 1875, he was ajipointed coadjutor Bishop of livres relatifs a I'Amdrique Eitrope, | | British Columbia, ho was superior of St. Charles Asie,Afrique et Oceanie [»fcc. thirty- | House at New "Westminster. On June 3, 1890, | four lines] he succeeded Bishop L. T. D'Herbainez as vicar I Librairie ancienne et moderne de E, apostolic of British Columbia. Bishop Durieu understands, but does not Dufossd 27, rue Gu^n^gaud, 27 prfes I | speak, several Salishan dialects, and he is le Pont-neuf Paris | [1887] especially noted for hia unqualified success Cover title as above, no inside title, tables among the Indians.

des divisions 1 1. text pp. 175-422, ?,'^. Dwamish: Contains, passim, titles of works relating to Geographic names See Bulmer (T. S.) the Salishan langu.ages. Geograj)hic n.imes Coones (S. F.)

Copies seen : Eames, Pilling. Geographic ]iamcs Fells (M.) yjjjs series of patalogwe^ was beKun in 1876. Vocabulary Salieh, ^ )

SALISHAN LANGUAGES. 17

By. ftKi\«v. l5{5koj3 Z^uriCM . ,0M^ L

o- /t — ' [5& 5 ^ -n \...y\

.^-.^^ ^^ ^^ i J.- 3)^ ^ m/^^

--/^^ (^^^•0 ^t)"^^^ ^C

FACSIMILE OF FIRST PAQE OF DURIEU'S SKWAMISH PRAYERS. SAL- :

18 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

Barnes : This word following a title or within Eells (G.) — Continued. parentheses after a note indicates that a copy of dent from the beginning (1859) to the time of the work referred to has been seen by the com- his death. He has since 1872 preached at a piler in the library of Mr. Wilberforoe Eames, large number of places in Washington as a Brooklyn, N. T. general self-supporting missionary, but mainly at Skokomish, among the Indians, and among Eells (Rev. Gushing). See "Walker (E.) the whites at Colfax, Medical Lake, and and E ells (C.) Cheney, and the results of his labors have been At my request Eev. Myron Eells, a sou of the organization of Congregational churches at the above, has furnished me the following bio- those places and at Sprague and Chawelah. Not grajdiic notes till 1891, at the age of about 81, did he give up Rev. Gushing Eells was born at Blandford, active preaching. He has given to AVhitnian

Mass., February 16, 1810 ; was the son of Joseph College nearly $10,000, besides securing for it

and Elizabeth Warner Eells ; was brought up about $12,000 more by a canvass in the east in Blandford prepared for college at Monson 1883-1884 (the only time he has visited the east at ; Academy, Mass.; entered Williams College in since he first went west), to various churches 1830, from which he graduated four years later, in Oregon and Washington over $7,000, and to and from East Windsor (Conn.) Theological various missionary societies about $4,000. Seminary in 1837, and was ordained at Bland- He received the degree of D.D. from Pacific ford, Mass., as a Congregational minister, Octo- University, on account of his work for Whit-

ber 25, 1837. man College, and was assistant moderator of

He was married March 5, 1838, to Miss Myra the National Congregational Council, at Con- Fairbank, who was born at Holden, Mass., May cord, N. H., in 1883. He died at Tacoma Febru- 26, 1805. Having offered themselves to the ary 16, 1893, on his eighty- third birthday. Mrs. American Board of Commissioners for Foreign Eells died at Skokomish, Wash., August 9, 1878, Missions, they were first appointed to the Zulu aged 73 years. He left two sons, both of whom mission in Africa, but owing to a war there have been at work among the Indians at Puget among the natives they were delayed, until the Sound, one as Indian agent since 1871, and the call from Oregon became so urgent that they other as missionary since 1874. were sent there, leaving home in March and Eells (Rev. Myron). Art. IV. Twana arriving at Wallawalla August 20, 1838. They Indians of the Skokomish reservation spent the next winter at Wallawalla, and the in territory. rev. following spring with Rev. E. Walker opened Washington By M. a new station among the Spokan Indians at Eells, Missionary among these Indians. Tshimakain, Walkers Prairie, Washington. In Hayden (F.V.), Bulletinof the XT. S. Gool.

Here they remained until 1818. Mr. Eells and Geog. Survey of the Territories, vol. 3, pp. taught a small school part of the time, besides 57-114, Washington, 1877, 8°. (Pilling.)

preaching and doing general mi.ssionary work. Section 8, Measuring and valuing (j)p. 86- The results as they appeared at that time were 88), contains the numerals 1-1000, pp. 86-87; not satisfactory, but thirty-five years later it names of days, months, and points of the com- was plain that the seed then sowed had grown pass, pp. 87-88.— Section 13, Language and liter- until two chiirches of one hundred and thirty- ature (pp. 93-101), contains a Twana vocabulary seven members were the result. During the of 2U words, pp. 93-98. Cayuse war of 1848 and the Takama war of Issued separately with cover title as follows: 1855-1856 the tribe remained friendly to the Author's edition. Department of | whites, although strongly urged by the hostiles the interior. United States geological to join them. As the Government could not | and geographical survey. F. V. assure them of prote<;tion from the hostile | Hay- den, U. S. Geologist-in-Charge. The Cayuse, they found it necessary to move to | the | Willamette Valley in 1848, under an escort of Indians of the Twana | Skokomish | Oregon volunteers. reservation in Washington territory. | Mr. Eells did not immediately sever his con- By rev. M. Eells, missionary | among nection with the missionary board, hoping that I these Indians. Extracted from the the way would open to return to the Spokan ( Indians, but it neverdid. For many years most bulletin of the survey, Vol. Ill, No. 1. of his time was spent in teaching school at Washington, April 9, 1877. I 184S Salem, Oregon, 1849; at Forest Grovt^, Ore- Cover title its above, no inside title, text pp.

gem, 1848-1851, aiul 1857-1860 ; at Hilisboro, Ore- f)7-114, 8°. gon, 1851-1857; and at Wallawalla, Wash., Linguistic contents as under title next above.

1867-1870. Here he founded Whitman College, Copies seen : Brinton, Eames, National \

of whose board of trustees he has been presi- I Museum, Pilling. . )

SALISHAN LANGUAGES. 19

Eells (M.) — Coutiuiied. Eells (M.) — Continued.

lucliau music. By rev. M. Eells. translation, pp. 251-252 ; and one in the Squaxon

dialect of the Nisqually, 2.V2 ; diflerent In American Antiquarian, vol. 1, pp. 249-253, p. seven Chicago, 1878-'79, 8°. (Bureau of Ethnology.) ways of expressing I 'will go homi^ in Clallam,

Short songs in Clallam and Chemakum,with pp. 253 ; a hymn in Twana and Clallam, pp. 253- 254. niu.sic, p. 252. Copies seen: Congress, pilling. TheTwana language of Washington Indians of Puget Sound. (Sixth territory. By rev. M. Eells. paper.) Measuring and valuing. In American Antiquarian, vol. 3, pp. 296-303, Chicago, 1880-'81,8o. (Bureau of Ethnology.) In American Antiquarian, vol. 10, pp. 174-178, Graminatic forms of the Twana or Skoko- Chicago, 1888, 8°. (Bureau of Ethnology.) mish, pp. 296-298; of the Skwaksin dialect of Numerals, and remarks concerning the the Niskwally, pp. 298-299; of the Clallam, pp. numeral system of quite a number of the languages of Washington Territory, among them 299-301 ; of the Spokane, pp. 302-303. the following divisions of the Salishan family: History of Indian missions on the | | Twana, Nis(£ually, Skokomish, Kwinaielt, Pacific coast. Oregon, | Washington Skagit, Clallam, Liimmi, Cowichen,' Chehalis, Idaho. rev. Myron Eells, Tait, Kuwalitsk, and | By | Snanaimo, Kwantlen, Songis, | Missionary of the American Missionary Shiwapmukh, Shooswap, Nikutemukh, Sko- Association. an introduction yelpi, Spokane, Pisquaus, Kalispclm, Coeur 1 With | | d'Alene, Flathead, Lilowat, and Komookh. by rev. G. H. Atkinson, D.D. I | The preceding .articles of the series, all of

Philadelphia : the American Sunday- | which .appeared in the American Antiquarian, school union, 1122 Street. | Chestnut contain no linguistic material. It was the inten- | 10 Bible house. New York. [1882.] tio n of the editor of the Antiqiiarian, when the series Frontispiece 1 1. title verso copyright notice should be finished, to issue tliem in book far (1882) 1 1. dedication verso hlank 1 1. contents form. So as they were printed in the maga- pp. v-vi, introduction by (i. H. Atkinson pp. zine they were repaged and perhaps a number vii-xi, preface (dated October, 1882) pp. xiii- of signatures struck off. The sixth paper, for xvi, text pp. 17-270, 12°. instance, titled above, I have in my possession, Chapter v, Literature, science, education, paged 44-48. morals, and religion (pp. 202-226) contains a Hymns in the Chinook | | -f- Jargon -J- short list of books, papers, and manuscripts Language compiled by rev. | | M. Eells, relating to the Indians of the northwest coast, Missionary of the American Mission- among them the Salishan, pp. 203-207, 209-211. I ary Association. | Second edition. Copies seen : Congress, Pilling. | Revised and Enlarged. The Indian languages of Puget |

Portland, Oregon : David Steel, Sound. | suc- cessor to Himes the printer, 169-171 In the Seattle Weekly Post-Intelligencer, ( Second Street, vol. 5, no. 8, p. i, Seattle, Washington Ty., | 1889.

November 26, 1885. ( Pilling, Covertitle as above verso note, title Wellesley . as abovd

Remarks on the peculiarities and grammatic verso copyright notice (1878 and 1889) 1 1. nota

forms of the Snohomish, Nisqually, Clallam, p. 3, text pp. 4-40, ,sq. 16^. Chemakum, Upper Chehalis, and Lower Che- Hymn in the Twana or Skokomish language^ halis languages. — Partial conjugation of the p. 32; English translation, p. 33. —Hymn in tha verb to drink in Snohomish Clallam language, p. 34 ; English translation, p. Ten years of missionary 35. —Hymn in the Nisqually language, p. 36; | | work | English translation, p. 37. —Medley in four Lan- among the Indians at | Skokomish, | guages (Chinook Jargon, Skokomish, Clallara, Washington territory. 1S74-I884. | | By and English), p. 36. Rev. M. Eells, Missionary | of the Copies seen : Fames, Pilling, Wellesley. American Missionary Association. The first edition of this work, Portland, 1878, |

contains no Salishan material. ( Eames, Pilling, Boston : Congregational Sundaj"^- | School Publishing Society, Congrega- Wellesley.) | tional house, Corner Beacon and Som- The Twana, Chemakum, aiul Klallaiu I Indians of Washington Territory. By erset Streets. [1880. J Half-title (Ten years at Skokomish) verso Rev. Myron Eells.

blank 1 1. frontispiece 1 1. title vor.so copyright In Smithsonian Institution Annu.al Hep. of

notice (1886) and names of printers 1 1. preface this Board of Regents for 1887, part 1, pp. 005-

1 1. dedication ver.so note 1 1. (lontents pp. vii-x, 681, Vy'ashington, 1889, 8^. (Pilling.) introduction pp. 11 -13, text pp. 15-271, 12^. Measures and values (pp. 643-686) contains Indian hymns {p\i. 24-t-2.")5) contains a two- the numer.als 1-10 of a number of Indian lan- verse hymn in Twana with English transla- guages of Washington Ty.. among them tha

tion, pp. 250-251 ; one in Clallaiu with English Twana, Niskwalli, Snohomish, Chehalis, Kwi- : ;

20 BIBLIOGEAPHY OF THE

Eells (M.) — Continued. Eells (M.) — Continued. naiult, KlaUam,aiiil Cowicliaii, p. 644; Lumiiii [Words, phrases, and sentences in Skagit, 645. Eeinai-ks on tlic sani(% and p. — pp- the Niskwalli language, Skwaksin dia- 645-646.—The word for God in Twana, Nisk' lect; recorded l)y Rev. Myron Eells, walli, and Klallam, u. 679. Territory, This article was issued separately, without Washington February-Sep- change, and again as follows tember, 1878.] The Twana, Chemakum, and Klallam Manuscript, pp. 8-102, and 4 unnumbered leaves at the end, 4° ; in the librarj' of the Indians of "VVasliiugton territory. By Bureau of Ethnology, Washington,!). C. Rev. Myron Eells. Recorded in a copy of Powell's Introduction In Smithsoiiiim Inst. Mis. Papers relating to the study of Indian languages, first edition. to anthropology, from the Smithsonian report Most of the schedules given therein have been for 1886-'87, pp. 605-681, Washington, 1889, 8°. completelj' tilled, the remainder partially so. (Eaiues, Pilling.) The unnumbered leaves at the end treat of Linguistic contents as under title next above. nouns, possessive case, gender, diminutives, Original Indian names of town sites, adjectives, pronouns, and verbs with conjugations. rivers, mountains, etc., of western [Words, phrases, sentences, and Washington. grammatic material relating to the In Coones (S. F.), Dictionary of the Chinook Twana language. Recorded Jargon, pp. 35-38, Seattle [1891], 18°. by Rev. Names (13) in the Twana or Skokomish lan- Myron Eells, Washington Territory, guage, p. 35; Nisrxually (25), including Squak- 1878.] languages, 36 son, Puyallup, and Snohomish p. Manuscript, pp. 8-102 and 2 unnumbered Duwamish l:m- Clallam language (8), p. 37; leaves at the end, 4°; in possession of its guage (25), pp. 37-38. author. Aboriginal geograj)liic names in the Eecorded in a copy of Powell's Introduction to the study first state of Washington. By Myron Eells. of Indian languages, edition, all the schedules of which are filled or nearly In American Anthropologist, vol. 5, i>p. 27-35, 80. The unnumbered leaves at the end treat W-ashington, 1892, 8". (Pilling.) of nouns, their plural forms, possessive case, Arranged alphabetically and derivations gender, comparison of adjectives, possessive given. The languagesrepresented are: Chinook, case of pronouns, and partial conjugations of Chinook Jargon, Noz Perce, Chehalis, Clall.am, the Twana synonyjns of the verbs to eat and to Twana, Calispel, Cayuse, Puyallup, and Spo- drink. kane. The Indians of Puget Sound. By [Words, phrases, and sentences in Eev. Myron Eells. the language of the lower Tsi-hc-lTs

Manuscript, i)p. 1-705, sm. 4° ; in possession (Chehalis) of the southwestern jiortion of it.s author. of Washington Territory. Recorded by Chapter xii. Measuring and valuing, 249- pp. Rev. Myron Eells, March, 1882. 271, contains tlie numerals in Twana, Nisk- Manusorii>t, pji. 8-102, 4°; in jiossession of walli, Clallam, Upper and Lower Chehalis, its author. Chemakum, Kwillliut, Hoh, Cowichan, Chi- Kecorded in a copy of Powell's Introduction nook Jargon, and Lummi, with remarks on the to the study of Indian languages, first edition. same. "Collected with the aid of John Clip, an Chapter xvi, Writing and language, pp. 306- Indian doctor who talks good English." 352, includes a grammatic treatise of thu Twana, Kiskwalli, Snohomish, Clallam, Oiemakum, [Words, i)hrases, sentences, and Upper and Lower Chehalis, and of the Chinook grammatic material of the language of Jargon, with a comparison of these languages. the upper Chehalis Indians of the [Words, phrases, and sentences in western portion of Wa.shington Terri- the Klallam language; recorded by tory. Recorded l>y Rev. Myron Eells, Rev. Myron Eells, Washington Terri- January -March, 1885.] tory, February-Juno, 1878.] Manu.script, pp. 77-223 and 2 unnumbered

Manuscript, pp. 8 102 and 3 unnumbered leaves, i° ; in the library of the Bureau of Eth-

loaves, 4° ; in the library of the IJureau of Eth- nology, Washington, I). C. nology, Washington, J). C. Eecordeil in a copy of Powell's Introduction liecorded iu a copy of Powell's Introduction to the study of ludian languages, second edi-

to the study of Indian Linguagcs, lirst edition. tion. Schedules 1-8, 10, 13, 16, 20-29 are eacli

Schedules 1, 3, 6-12, 14-21, 23, and 24 are each nearly filled ; numbers 12, 14, 17, 19, partially so, nearly tilled; schedules 4, 5, 13, and 22 i)artially and the remaining schedules are blank. The 80. The unnumbered leaves at tlieeiid treat unnumbered leaves at the end treat of adjec- of nouns, g'jnder, possessive case, pronouns, tives and their comparison, pronouns, and con- atljectives, and verbs with conjugations. jugations of verbs. )

SALISHAN LANGUAGES. 21

Eells(M.)— Continued. Eells (M.) — Continued. "Tliia Chchalia tribe, lies next south of tlw Oregon; in 1851 to Ilillsbiro, On^gon, and in Twanas. I have not lived with them, but hav<( 1857 again to Forest Grove, at which places lie obtained my information from Chehalis continued his schocd life. In 18G2 he moved to Indians who have at times lived among the Wallawalla, spending the time in farming and Twanas, namelj% from Marion Davis, assisted the wood business until 1808, except the falls, 1864-'65, by l!ig Sam, the foriner an educated young winters, and springs of 1863-'64, and man, the latter an uneducated old one." 1865-'60, when he was at Forest Grove in college, graduating from Pacitic University in 1860, in The Twana language. By Rev. M. the second class which ever gr.iduated from Eells. (*) that institution. In 1868 ho went to Hartford,

Manuscript, pp. l-2.'?2, 8°, in possession of its Conn., to study for tho ministry, entering the author, who has kindly furnished mo a descrip- Hartford Tiieological Seminary that year, grad- tion of it under date of August 12, 1892, as fol- uating from it in 1871, and being ordained nt

lows : Hartford, June 15, 1871, as a Congregational minister. He went to Boise City in October, Volume I. Part 1, Grammar. Tart 2, Twana- 1871, the American Missionary English Dictionary, 151 pages, 8°. Vol. II. under Homo Society, organized the First Congregational Part 3, Englisb-Twaua Dictionary. Part 4, of that place in 1872, and was pastor of Hymna and prayers (not published anywhere), church it until he left in 1874. Mr. Eells was .also 84 pages, 8°. superintendent of its Sunday school from 1872 "Some years ago I thought of learning this to 1874 and president of the Idaho Bible Society language, and proceeded far enough to acquire from 1872 to 1874. went to Skokomish, one or two hundred words and a few sentences He Washington, in June, 1874, and has worked as and obtain a little idea of the construction. The missionary of the American Missionary Asso- material lay in a box of oUl papers until lately, ciation ever since among the Skokomish or and I liavo thought it worth while to enlarge Twauaaud Klallam Indians, pastor of Congre- it and put it into good shape, not for publica- gational church at Skokomish Reservation since tion, but for preservation in my library. The 1876, and superintemfent of Sabbatli school at larger number of the nouns are the same as Skokomish since 1882. He organized a Congre- those I furnished Major Powell in a copy of his gational church among tlie Klalams in 1882, of Introduction to the study of Indian languages which he has since been pastor, and another some years ago." among the whites at Seabcck iu 1880, of whicli An oration in the Twana language. he was pastor until 1886. Iu 1887 he was dioseu In Bulmer (T.), Part II of Buhner's .-ippen- trustee of the Pacific University, Oregon; in di.'c to the Ghee-Chinook Grammar and Dic- 1885 was elected assistant secretary aud in 1889 tionary, 11. 20-22. (Manuscript.) secretary of its board of trustees. Hedelivered Oration in English, 1. 20.—The same in Twana the address before the Gamma Sigma society with interlinear Engli.sh translation, 11. 21-22. of that institution in 1876, before the alumni in 1890, aud preached the baccalaureate sermon iu A tradition in the Twana language. 1886. In 1888 he was chosen trustee of Whit- In Bulmer (T. S.), Part II of Bulmer's man College, Washington, delivered tlie com- Appendix to the Chee-Chiuook Grammar and mencement address there iu 1888 and received Dictionary, U. 23-25. (Manuscript.) the degree of D.D. from that institution in Tradition in Twana with interlinear English 1890. In 1888 he was elected its financial secre- translation, 1. 23. —Tlie same in English, 11. 24- tary and in 1891 was .asked to become president 2,'-.. of the institution, but declined Ixith. Copy of a sermon preached to the He was elected an associate member of the Indians of Walla- Walla. Victoria Institute of London in 1881, and a In Bulmer (T. S.), Christian prayers in corresponding member of tho Anthropological Chinook, 11.39-46. (Manuscript.) Societj' at Washington in 1885, to both of which "Of the 97 words used 46 are of Chinook societies he has furnished pajiers which have origin, 17 Nootka, 3 Salish, 23 English, 2 Jar- been published by them. He was also elected gon, and 6 in French." vice-president of tho Whitman Historical Soci- These three manuscripts are in possession of ety at Wallawalla in 1889. From 1874 to 1886 Dr. Bulmer, Salt Lake City, Utah. he was clerk of the Congregational Association Eev. Myron Eells was born at Walker's of Oregon and Washington.

Prairie, Washington Territory, October 7, 1843; Mr. Eellsat present (1893) holds the position

he is the son of Kev. Gushing Eells, D. D., and of Superintendent of tho Department of Etli- Mrs. M. F. Eells, who went to Oregon in 1838 as nology for tho State of Washington at the missionaries to the Spokau Indians. lie left World's Columbiau Exi)Osition. Walkers Prairie in 1848 on accountof the Whit- Ellis (Dr. —). See Good (J. B. man massacre at Wallawalla and Cayuse war, sitskai [Spokan]. See and went to Salem, Oregon, where he began to Etshiit thlu go to school. In 1849 he moved to Forest Grove, Walker (E.) and Eells (C.) : )

22 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

(A.) Social history of the Field (T. — Continued. Featherman | W.)

18 fr. ; ; Fii'st division : by Quaritch, no. 11996, 15s. at the Plnart races of maukiml. | I |

sale, no. 368, it brought 17 fr. ; at the Murphy Nigritiaus [-Third division: | Aoneo- sale, no. 949, $4.50. Priced by Quaritch, uo. Maranouiaus]. By A. Featherman. | | | 30224, 11. [Two lines quotation.] | Catalogue of the library | belong- Triibner co., Ludgate | | London: | & ing to Mr. Thomas Field. be W. | To Hill. (All rights re- I I 1885[-1889J. | sold at auction, Bangs, | by served.) | Merwin &CO., 24th, and following May 1875, | 3 vols. 8°. I A gBncral discussion of a number of North days. I American families occ^urs in vol. 3, among them York. 1875. New |

Nisquallis, 356 ; the Salish proper, the p. pp. Cover title 22 lines, title as above verso blank 360-369. 1 1. notice etc. pp. iii-viii, text pp. 1-376, list of Copies seen : Congress. prices pp. 377-393, supplement pp. 1-59, 8^. Com- Field (Thouia-s Warren), An essay piled by Joseph Sabin, mainly from Mr. Field's | towards Indian bibliography. Essay, title of which is given above. an | | Contains titles of a number of works relating Being catalogue of books, relating a | | to the Salishan languages. to the history, antiquities, languages, I Copiesseen : Bureau of Ethnology,Congre.sa, customs, religion, |wars, literature, and Eames. origin the Indians, in At the Squier sale, no. 1178, an uncut copy of | | American the library of Field. brought $1.25. | With | Thomas W. bibliogTai)hical and historical notes, First catechism in Thompson language. and synopses of the contents of some See Le Jeune (J. M. R.) I of the works least known. Flathead. Seo Salish. I | York: Scribner, Armstrong, Friendly Village New | and CO. 1873. General discussion See Gallatin (A.) | Vocabulary Adehing (.1. C) and Title verso names of printers 1 1. preface pp. iii-iv, text pp. 1-430, 8°. Vater (.J. S.) Titles and descriptions of works relating to Vocabulary Gallatin (A.) the Salishan languages itassim. Vocabulary Latham (R. G. Vocabulary Mackenzie (A.) Copies seen : Congress, Eames, Pilling. At the Field sale, no. 688, a copy brought Frost (J. H.) See Lee (D.) and Frost $4.25; at the Menzies .sale, no. 718, a "half- (J.H.) crushed, red levant morocco, gilt top, uncut copy," brought $5.50. Priced by Leclerc, 1878, Fuller (Louis), See Boas (F.)

Gabelentz (HansGeorg Conor von der). G-allatin (Albert), A synopsis of the In- Die Sprachwissenschaft, ihre Auf- dian | tribes within the United States gaben, Methoden bisherigeu | und ( east of the Rocky Mountains and in

Covertitlo as above, titleas above verso blank (Archajologia Americana), vol. 2, pp. 1-422, Cam- 1 1. Vorwort pp. iii-vii, Inhalts-Verzeicliniss bridge, 1836,8°. pp. viii-xx, text pp. 1-460, Register pp. 467-502, Brief reference to the language of the Indians Berichtigungen p. 502, 8^. of Friendly Village, p. 15; to the Salish or Brief di-scussion and a few examples of the Flat Heads, p. 134. —Vocabulary of the Salish,

Selish language, pp. 34, 368. lines 53, pi). 30.5-307. —Vocabulary (25 words) of

Copies seen : Gatschet. the language of the Indians of Friendly Vil- ;; — :

SALISHAN LANGUAGES. 23

Gallatin (A.) — Continued. Gallatin (A.) — Continued. lage of Salmon Kiver, Pacific Ocean, anil of the associated in the establishment of the Amoriv'.au Atuah or Chin Indians (both from Mackenzie), Ethnological Society, bocomiug its lirst j)rosi- p. :i78. (lont,and in 1843 he was elected to hold a simi- larofficeiu the New York Historical Society, an Hiile's Iu

with au introduction. By Albert Gal- G-atschet: This word following a title or within hitin. parentheses after a note indicates that a copy of

In American Eth. Soc. Trans, vol. 2, pp. sxiii- the work referred to has been seen by the com- clxxxviii, 1-130, New York, 1848, 8°. (Pilling.) piler in the library of .Mr. Albert S. Gatschet, Tlie lamilies of languages as far as ascer- Washington, U. C. tained (pp. xcix-c) includes tlie T.sihaili-Selish, Gatschet (Albert Samuel). Indian lan- North Oregon division, p. 6, includes p. c— guages of the Pacific states and terri- mentionof the Selish. —TheTsihaili-Selish (pp. tories. 10-13) includes a general di.scussion, pp. 10-13 In Magazine of Am. History, vol. 1, pp. 145- names of the months in Pisquaus and Selish, 171, New York, 1877, sm. 4°. p. 13.—Philology, the Tsihaili-Selish (pp. 26-34) A general discussion of the peoples of the includes pronominal suffixes in Shushwap and region with examples, passim. The Salishau Selish, p. 27; affixes in Shushwap, Selish, Tsi- family with its linguistic divisions is treated of hailish, and Nsietshawus, p. 27 ; vocabulary (9 on pp. 169-170. words) of the Tsibailish, S(iuale, etc., and the

Issued separately with half-title as follows : Nsietshawus, p. 28; the most important peculiarities of tongue, Indian languages of the Pacific grammatical the Selish | | including prefixes, pluralization of adjectives, territories states and | by Albert .S. | diminutives, personal pronouns, possessive Gatschet Reprinted from March | Num- affixes, ten.ses, modes, paradigms, transitions, ber of The Magazine of American derivatives, etc., pp. 28-34. —Vocabulary (179 History words) of the Selish (Flathead) pp. 88-94.—

Vocabulary of the Bilechoola (33 words and [New York : 1877.] numerals 1-10), p. 103.—Comparative vocabu- Half-title verso blank 1 1. text pp. 145-171, 4°. lary of the Tsihaili-Selish tongues (50 words Linguistic contents as under title next above. and numerals 1-10), including the Atnalis, Copies seen: Astor, Congress, Fames, Pilling, Skitsuish, Piskwaus, Skwale, Tsihailish, Wellesley. Kowelitsk, and Nsietshawus, pp. 118-120. Reprinted in the following works Beach (W. W.), Indian Miscellany, pp. 416- families Table of generic Indian of 447, Albany, 1877, 8°. languages. Drake (S. G.), Aboriginal races of North

In Schoolcraft (H. R.), Indian tribes, vol. 3, America, pp. 748-763, New York, [1882], 8°. pp. 397-402, Philadelphia, 1853, 4P. A later article with similar title as follows: Includes the Jeli.sh, 402. p. Indian languages of the Pacific Albert Gallatin was born in Geneva, Switzer- states and territories and of the Pueblos land, January 29, 1761, and died in Astoria, L. I., of New Mexico. August 12, 1849. He was descended from an In Magazine of Am. Historj', vol. 8, pp. 254- ancient patrician family of Geneva, whose name 263, New York, 1882, 4°. (Pilling.) had long been honorably connected with the Brief reference to the Selish stock (Oregon- history of Switzerland. Young Albert had ian dialects), 256. been baptized by the name of Abraham Alfonse p. Issued separately with title-page as ftdlows: Albert. In 1773 he was sent to a boarding entered languages of the Pacific Indian | school and a year later the University | of Geneva, where he was graduated in 1779. He states territories and of and | | The sailed from L'Orient late in May, 1780, and Pueblos of Mexico. Albert New | By reached Boston on July 14. He entered Con- Gatschet. Eeprinted from the S. | Mag- gress on December 7, 1795, and continued a member of that body until his appointment as azine of American History, April, Secretary of the Treasury in 1801, which office 1882. I he held continuously until 1813. His services York: A. Barnes co. 1882. New | S. & | were rewarded with the appointment of min- Cover title, no inside title, text 5 unnum- ister to Franco in February, 1815; he entered bered leaves, 4°. on the duties of this office in January, 1816. In Linguistic contents as under title next above. 1826, at the solicitation of President Adams, he Copies seen .- Astor, Brinton, Fames, National accepted the appointment of envoy extraordi- Museum, "Wellesley. nary to Great Britain. On his return to the Winke f iir das Studium der ameri- United States he settled in New York City, Albert S. where, from 1831 to 1839, he was president of the kanischen Sprachen. Von National Bank of New York. In 1842 he was Gatschet, in Washington, Dist. Col. : )

24 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

Gatschet (A. S.) — Coiitiiined. Gatschet (A. S.) — Continued. Separat-Abilriick ana

lary, made by its compiler, 7 11. folio, written on Ethnology." It is in two parts, which aggre- one side only. gate 1,520 pages. Among the tribes and lan- Albert Samuel Gatschet was born in St. Boat- guages discussed by him in separate publi- enberg, in the Bernese Oberland, Switzerland, cations are the Timucua (Florida), Tonlcawe

October 3, 1832. His propiedeutic education was (Texas), Yuma (California, Arizona, Mexico), acquired in the lyceums of Neuchatel (1843- Chrimeto (('alifornia), Beothuk (Newfound- 1845) and of Berne (184(>-1852), after which ho land), Creek, and Hitchiti (Alabama). His followed courses in the universities of Berne numerous publications are scattered through and Berlin (1852-1858). His studies had for magazines and government reports, some being their object the ancient world in all its phases of contained in the Proceedings of the American religion, historj', language, and art, and thereby Philosophical Society, Philadelphia. his attention was at an early day directed to (P«'c ). Father Gendre — Compo.sedby | philologic researches. In 1865 ho began the pub- Gendre O. I. Prayers in Shuswap. M. | | lication of a series of brief monographs on tho local etymology of his country, entitled " Orts- [Kamloops, B. C: 1891.] etymologische Forschungen aus der Schweiz" No title-page; text, with heading as above, (18G5-1867). In 1867 he .spent several months pp. 5-12, 32°. Written in Shuswap by Father in Loudon pursuing antiquarian studies in the Gendre and transliterated into shorthand by British Museum. In 1868 he settled in New York Father Le Jeune, editor and publisher of tho and became a contributor to various domestic Kamloops Wawa, who reproduced it by aid of and foreign periodicals, mainly on scientific the mimeograph. subjects. Drifting into a more attentive study Copies seen : Pilling. of the American Indians, ho published several General discussion compositions upon their languages, the most Atna See Adelung (J. C.) and important of which is " Zwolf Sprachen aus Vater (J. S. dem Siidwcsten Nordamerikas," Weimar, 1876. Atna This led to his appointment to the position of ethnologist in the United States Geological Survey, under Maj. John "W. Powell, in March, 1877, when he removed to Washington, and first employed himself in arranging the linguistic manuscripts of the Smithsonian Institution, now the property of tho Bureau of Ethnologj', which forms a part of the Smithsonian Institu- tion. Mr. Gatschet has ever since been actively connected with that bureau. To increase its linguistic collections and to extend his own studies of the Indian languages, ho has made extensive trips of linguistic and ethnologic exploration among tho Irulians of North Amer- ica. After returning from a six months' sojourn among the Klamaths and Kalapuyas of Oregon, settled on both sides of the Cascade Range, he visited the Kataba in South Carolina and the Cha'hta and Shetimasha of Louisiana in 1881-'82, the Kayowe, Comanche, Apache, Yattassee, Caddo, Naktche, Modoc, and other tribes in the Indian Territory, tlie Tonkawe and Lipans in Texas, and the Atakapa Indians : : : L

SALISHAN LANGUAGES. 25

General discussion — Cdiitiiinod. Gibbs (G.) — Coiitinueil.

Siilisli Sen AiiiliTson (A.C) Vocabulary of the Clallam, double columns, Salisli P.auciort (H. H.) ali>habetically ariangeil by English words, pp. Saliali IJcach ("W.W.) 9-19.— Local ucnneudatureof the Clallam tribe,

Salish IJerghaus (H.) p. 20.—Vocabulary of tlui Lummi, double col- Salisli Buschmaun (J. C. E.) umns, alphabetically arranged by English Salish Drake (S. G.) words, pp. 21-30. —Local nomenclature of the Salisli Feathorman (A.) Lummi tribe, pp. 37-39.—Karnes of Lummi Salish Gahelentz (H. C. G.) chiefs, p. 40.

Salish Gallatin (A.) Copies seen. : Astor, Boston Athenaeum, Con- Saliah Gatsclift (A. S.) gress, Dunbar, Fames, National Museum, Salish Halo (H.) Pilliug, Trumbull, Wellesley. Salish Miiller (F.) Another issue with title-page as follows Shiiswap Dawson (G. M.) Alphabetical vocabularies of the Slinswap Hale (H.) | Clallayi Lnninii. and | By George Skitsuish Hale (11.) | I Tilamuk Hale (H.) Gibbs. Published under the auspices I Gentes: of the Smithsonian institution. | Bilkula See Boas (F.)

: press. 18G3. York Cramoisy | Nukwalmuk Boas (F.) New | Suanaimiik Boas (F.) Title verso blank 1 1. preface pp. v-vii, text Songish r.oas (F.) pp. 9-40, octavo form on large quarto. Tilamuk Boas (F.) Linguistic contents as under title next above.

Copies seen : Georgetown, Lenox, Pilling, Geographic names Smithsonian. Chehalis See Buhner (T. S.) Dwamish Bulmer (T. S.) Smithsonian miscellaneous collec- Dwamish Coont^s (S. P.) tions. 160 Instructions for research | Dwauiish Eells (M.) I I relative to the ethnology and philol- Kalispel Eells (M.) | of Prepared for the Klallam ogy America. | Cooues (S. v.) I I Klallaiu Eells (M.) Smithsonian instituti(m. George | By | Klallam Gibbs (G.) Gibbs. [Seal of the institution.] I | Limimi Gibbs (G.) Washington : Smithsonian institu- | Xiskwalli Cooues (S. F.) tion: March, 1863. Xiskwalli Eells (M.) I Title verso blank 1 1. contents verso 1 XiskwalU Wickesham (J.) blank introduction p. 1, text 2-51, S*^. Also forms Puyallup Coones (S. F.) pp. Puyallup Eells (M.) part of vol. 7, Smithsonian Institution Miscel- laneous Collections. Prepared for distrib- Salish Bulmer (T. S.) aud to collectors, resulting in the securing of Shuswap Dawson (G. M.) uted Skokomish Eells (M.) many manuscripts, mostly pbiltdogic, which are now in the library of the Bureau of Ethnol- Skwaksin Coones (S. F.) Skwaksin Eells (M.) ogy- Numerals 1-10 of the Sclish or Fbithcad, Snohomish Coones (S. F.) Snohomish Eells (M.) two sets, one "relating to things," the other " " Spokan Eells (M.) relating to persons (both from Mengarini), 42. Numerals 1-10 of the Nisqualli, two Twana Coones (S. F.) p. — sets, one " applied to men," the other "applied Twana Eells (31.) to money," p. 42. Geological Survey: These words following a title Copies seen : Astor, Earaes, National Mu- or within parentheses after a note indicate that seum, Pilling, Trumbull, AVellesley. • a copy of the work referred to has been seen by At the Field sale, no. 810, a copy brought 30 the compiler in the library of the United States cts. ; at the S(iuicr sale, no. 415, 45 cts. ; at the Geological Survey, AVasbington, D. C. Pinart sale, no. 400, 1 fr. Priced by Koehler, Georgetown: This following a title or within word catalogue 40.'), no. 233, 1 M. 50 Pf. parentheses after a note indicates tliat a copy of Beprinted, in part, as follows the work referred to has been seen by the compiler in the library of Geoi'getown University, Indian Systems of Numerals. ^

Washington, D. C. In Historical Magazine, first series, vol. 9, pp. Gibbs (George). Alphabetical vocabu- 249-252. New York, 1865, sm. 4°. (Geological Survey.) laries of the Clallam aud Lunimi. I I | Linguistic contents as under title next above,

By George Gibbs. I [Vignette.] I | p. 2.50.

York : Cramoisy press. 1863. New | | Smithsonian miscellaneous collec- Half-title (Shea's library of American lin- dictiouarjr tions. 161 A ] of the guistics, XI), verso blank 1 1. title ver.so blank I I I |

1 1. preface v-vii, 9-40, large 8*^. Chinook .Jargon, or trade language pp. text pp. | | — —

26 l3lBLI0GRAPttY OF THE

Gibbs (G.) — Coutiniiecl. Gibbs (G.) — Continned. of Oregon. Prejiared for the Smith- 1 1. preface pp. v-xi, biVdiography of tlieCliinook | Jargon jjp. xiii-xiv, half-title of part I verso sonian iiiHtitiitioii. By George Gib1)s. I I note 1 1. Chinook-English dictionai'v pp. 1-20, [Seal of the institntion.] I | half-title of part II verso blank 1 1. Engli.sh- Sniithsoniau iiistitn- Washington: | Chinook dictionary pp. 33-43, the Lord's prayer 8°. tion : March, 1863. in Jargon p. [44], I

Title verso advertisement 1 1. contents p. iii, Salishan contents as under title next above.

preface pp. v-xi, l)iblioj,Taphy pp. xiii-xiv, half- Copies seen : Astor, Boston Athenfeum, title (Part I. Cbinook-Englisli) verso note 1 1. Congress, Dunbar, Eames, Harvard, Lenox, text pp. 1-29, half-title (Part II. English- Smithsonian, Trumbull, Wellesley. t:hinook) p. 31, text pp. 33-44, 8°. Some copies (twenty-five, I believe) were Analogies between the Chinook and other issued in large quarto form witli no change of native languages includes words in the Cow- title-page. (Pilling, Smithsonian.)

litz, Kwantlen, Seliah, Chihalis, and Nisqually, See Hale (H.) p. X.—The Chinook-English aad English- [Terms of relationship used by the Chinook dictionary, 1-43, contains 39 words pp. Si^okane (Sinhu "people wearing red of Salishan origin, and are so designated. paint on their cheeks") collected at Copies seen : Astor, Bancroft, Dunbar, Eames, Pilling, Trumbull, Wellesley. Steilacoom, Washington Ty., Novem- '•Some years ago the Smithsonian Institu- ber, I860.] tion printed a small vocabulary of the Chinook In Morgan (L. H.), Systems of consanguinity Mitchell, of the Jargon, furnished by Dr. B. R. and aftinity of the human family, lines 69, pp. U. S. Navy, and prepared, as I afterwards 293-382, Washington, 1871, 4°. learned, by Mr. Lionnet, a Catholic priest, for [ ] Comparative vocabularies. Family his own use while studying the language at Chinook Point. It was submitted by the XXIII. Selish (Eastern Branches).

Institution, for revision and preparation for [Washington, D. C. : Smithsonian the press, to the late Prof. W. W. Turner. Institution.] January, 1873. Although it received the critical examination Ko title-page, headings only ; text 11. 1-3, distinguished philologist and was of of that printed on one side only, 4°. Proof sheets of attention to tlie language, it use in directing an unfinished and unpubli.shed volume. deficient in the number of words in use, was In four columns, containing in the first col- contained many which did not properly belong umn 180 numbered English words, with equiv- to the Jargon, and did not give the sources alents in the other columns of : 1. Shiwapmukh from which the words were derived. (by George Gibbs), 2. Shooswaap (by Dr. Wm. ' ' Mr. Hale had previously given a vocabulary F. Tolmie), and 3. Nikutemukh (by George account of this Jargon in his ' Ethnography and Gibbs). of the United States Exploring Expedition,' At the time of his death, April 9, 1873, Mr. noticed by Mr. Gallatin in the which was Gibbs "was engaged in su])erintending the Transactions of the American Ethnological printing for the Smithsonian Institution of a vol. ii. however fell into some Society, He quarto volume of American Indian vocabu- errors in his derivation of the words, chiefly laries, and had fortunately arranged and care- from ignoring tlie Chehalis element of the Jar- fully criticised man j- hundred series before his gon, and the number of words given by him death. This publication will continue under only to about two hundred and fifty. amounted the direction of Prof. W. D. Whitney, J. H. of Mr. Lionuefs vocabulary having "A copy Trumbull, LL.D., and Prof. Roehrig. Smith- been sent to me with a request to make such sonian Annual Report fur 1S73, p. 224. corrections as itmiglit require, I concluded not Copies seen : Pilling. merely to collate the words contained in this These vocabularies, witli otliers, appear in otlier printed and manuscript vocaI)ularies, a«d the foUowing: but to ascertain, so far as possible, the lan- Department of the interior. IT. S. guages wliich had contributed to it, with the original Indian words. This had become the geographical and geological survey of more important as its extended use by differ- the Rocky mountain region. J. W. ent tribes had led to ethnological errors in the Powell, Geologist in Charge. Part II. classing together of essentially distinct fami- Tribes of western Washington and lies." Pre/ace. Issued also with title-page as follows: northwestern Oregon. By George Gibbs, M.D. dictionary of the Chinook A | | I In Powell (J. "W".), Contributions to North or, trade of Jargon, | hmguage | American Ethnology, vol. 1, pp. 157-241, Appen- Oregon. George Gibbs. | By | dix, Linguistics, pp. 243-361, Washington, 1877,

: Cranioisy press. 1863. 4°. New York | | Half-title (Shea's Lilirary of American Lin- Geographical distribution (pp. 163-170) in-

guistics. XII) verso blank 1 1. title verso blank cludes the habitat of tlie tribal divisions of —

SALISHAN LANGUAGES. 27

O-ibbs (G.) — Continued. Gibbs (G.) — Continued. the Selisli, pp. 166-170.— Notices of particular Vocabulary of the Clallam. tribes, pp. 170-181, includes the Selisli Manuscrii)t. 3 unnumbered leaves folio; in (livi.sions. — Comparative vocabulary of the the library of the Bureau of Ethnology, ('ol- Shibwapniulih (from a woman of tlie tribe), lected at Port Townsend, in 1858. Nikutemnkli (from a man of the tilbe), Recorded on a blank form of 180 words, Okin<^keu, Sliwoyelpi, Spokan (froiu a chief of equivalents of all of which are given. the tribe), and Piskwaus or Winat-sba, pp. 252- [Vocabulary of the Kwantleu lan- 265. —Comparativevocabulary of theKalispelm guage; Eraser River, around (Irom a man of tlio tribe), Belhoola (from a Fort woman of the tribe), Lilowat (from a chief of Langley.]

the village), Tait (from a woman), Komookli.s Manuscript, 5 unnumljered leaves folio, (from a man), and Kuwalitsk, pp. 270-283. written on one side only ; in the library of the Dictionary of the Niskwalli, I. Ni.skwalli- Bureau of Ethnology. Recorded July, 1858. English (double columns, alphabetically Contains about 200 words. arranged), pp. 28"-307; II. Englisb-Niskwalli A''ocabulary of the Kwillehynte, and (alphabetically arranged, with many etymolo- of the Cowlitz. gies and derivati"es), pp. 309-361. 4' Manuscript, 10 unnumbered leaves, ; in the Account of Indian tribes upon tlio library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Recorded northwest coast of America. on a blank form i)repared and issued by H. R. Manuscript, 10 leaves folio, in the library of Schoolcraft. the Bureau of Ethnology. Each vocabulary contains about 200 words. Contains words in a number of Salishan lan- Vocabulary of the Lummi. guages, passim. Manuscript, 3 unnumbered leaves, folio; in Comparison of the languages of the the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Col- Indians of the north-west. lected at Bellingham Bay, .Jan., 1854. Recorded Manuscript, 23 leaves, 4°. and folio (odds and on a blank form of 180 words, equivalents of all ends), in the library of the Bureau of Ethnol- of which are given. ogy- Vocabulary of the Nooksahk. Contains words and grammati<' notes in a Manuscript, 3 unnumbered leaves folio ; in Salishan number of languages. the library of the Bureau of Ethnology Local Indian names, partly Selish. Recorded on a blank form of 180 words, equivalents of all of which are given. Manuscript, 4 unnumbered leaves folio ; in the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Vocabulary of the Noosolup'h, and Contains the names of about 120 geographic of the Kwinaiutl. points on the northwest coast. Nearly all are Manuscript, pp. 1-25, 4° ; in the library of the Salishan, and 30 of them are in the Lummi Bureau of Ethnology. language. Recorded on a form containing 350 English Miscellaneous notes on the Eskimo, words and the numerals 1-1,000,000,000, pre- Kiuai and Atnali languages. pared and issued by H. R. Schoolcraft. About one-half the English words have their equiva- Manuscript, 2.') leaves, 4° and folio (odds and lents in the two languages above ends); in the library of the Bureau of Ethnol- mentioned. ogy- Vocabulary of the Toanhooch of Notes on the language of the Selish Port Gamble. tribes. Manuscript, 3 unnumbered leaves folio,

written on one side only ; in the library of the Manuscript, 10 leaves, folio ; in the library of Bureau of Ethnology. Recorded on blank the Bureau of Ethhology. a of 180 words, equivalents of all of which Fragmentary matter, evidently jotted down form are given. from time to time as memoranda. " This was oljtained first, I think, at Port Vocabularies. Terr'y. Washington Gamble, iu 1854, and afterwards corrected at Manuscript, 141 unnumbered leaves, most of 01ymi)ia, with the assistance of 'Jim.' a sub- which are written on both sides, and some few chief." of which are blank, 12°; in the library of the George Gibbs, the son of Col. George Gibbs, Ethnology. of Bureau of Most the vocabu- was born on the 17th of July, 1815, at Sunswick, laries were co])ied on separate forms by Mr. Long Island, near the village of Hallctts Cove, Gibbs. Those belonging to the Salishan family now known as Astoria. At seventeen he was

are as follows : Lilowat, 8 pages ; Saamena, 12 taken to Europe, where he remained two years. pages; Taieet, 8 pages; Chilohweck, 3 pages; On his return from Europe he commenced tho

Bilhoola, 9 pages ; Okinaken, pages ; Simil- reading of law, and in 1838 took his degree of kameen, 13 pages ; Piskwouse, 13 pages ; Spo- bachelor of law at Harvard University. In 1848 kane, 22 pages; Kalispelm, 12 pages; Shooswap, Mr. Gibbs went overland from St. Louis to pages; Nooksahk, 1 page; Niskwally, 4 pages. 4 Oregon and established himself ;it Columbia. — ;

28 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

Gibbs {(i.) — Contiimofl. Giorda (.1.) —-Continned.

In 1854 ho received (he appointment of collector Title verso blank 1 1. preface (unsigned) 1 1.

ol' the port of Astoria, which he held durinij text pp. 1-36, 8°. Mr. nilmorc's administration. Later he re- Tlie verb to be with substantives, pp. 1-2; moved from Oregon to Washington Territory, witli doul)le ]>ossessivo personal pronouns, p. and settled ixi^on a rancli a few miles from Fort 3; with an adjective, p. 5. —Verb transitive to Steilacoom. Here he had his headquarters for he mad, pp. 6-9. —Verb transitive indefinite to several years, devoting himself to the study of work, pp. 10-14. —Verb transitive to work, p. the Indian languages and to the collection of 18. —Verb tran.sitive to catch, p. 19. —Conjuga- vocabularies and traditions of the northwest- tion of the first verb relative to look, pp. 20-23 ern tribes. During a great part of the time of the second verb relative to prai/, pp. 23-25; he was attached to the United States Govern- of the third verb relative to fen'njr, pp. 26, 28; to ment Commission to determine the boundary, gtuird, pp. 27, 29. —Verl) impersonal, pp. 30-31.— as the geologist and botanist of the expedition. Verb passive, pp. 32-34.'— Reduplication of He was also attached as geologist to the survey letters in the verb, pp. 34-35.—List of several of a railroad route to the Pacific, under Major terminations of verbs, p. 36. Stevens. In 1857 he was appointed to the Copies seen: Congress, Dunbar, Eames, northwest boundarj' survey under Mr. Archi- Pilling, Trumbull, Wellesley. bald Campbell, as commissioner. In 1860 Mr. [ dictionary of the Kalispel ] A | | Gibbs returned to New York, and in 1861 was I or Flat-head Indian Language, on duty in Wa.shington guarding the Capital. | com-

Later he resided in "Washington, being mainly piled by the | missionaries of the employed in the Hudson Bay Claims Commis- Society of Jesus Part II. Euglish- | | sion, to which ho was secretary. He was also Kalispel. engaged in the arrangement of a large mass of | St.Ignatius Print,Montana.i 1877-8-9. manuscript bearing upon the ethnology and philology ofthe American Indians. His services Title verso copyright notice (by Rev. J. were availed of by the Smithsonian Institution Giorda. 1879) 1 1. preface (unsigned) verso blank to superintend its labors in this field, and to his 1 1. key to the pronounciation of the Indian energy and complete knowledge ofthe subject alphabet used in this dictionary 1 page, key to

it greatly owes its success in this branch of the both parts ofthe dictionary 2 pages, verso of the service. The valuable and laborious service last one blank, text pp. 1-456, 8°. which he rendered to the Institution was Copies seen: Congress, D\inbar, Eames, eutirelygratuitous, andin his death that estab- Pilling, Trumbull, Wellesley. lishment as well as the cause of science lost an [ ] Lu tel kaimintis kolinzuten ardent friend and an important contributor to I | sniiimii. Narratives, kuitlt \ Some From its advancement. In 1871 Mr. Gibbs mai-ried theHoly Bible, ill Kalispel. Compiled his cousin, Miss Mary K. Gibbs, of N"ewi)ort, | R. I.,and removed to New Haven, where he the nussionaries of the Society of by | died on the 9th of April, 1873. .Tesus. I St. Ignatius Print, Montana. 1879. {Rev. Joseph).] dictionary | [Giorda A | of the Kalispel or Flat-head Indian Cover title as above, title as above verso I I "Part I" 1 1. copyright notice (1879, by Rev. J. compiled the mission- by | Language, | M. Caraldo) verso " preface of the publishers" aries of the Society of Jesus Part I | | 1 1. text pp. 1-36, half-title " Part II" verso

Kalispel-English. 1 1. text 39-140, contents part first (in | blank pp. Print, 1877-8-9. English) pp. 1-2, contents of part second (in St. Ignatius Montana, j English) pp. 3-7, index of the gospels of the Title verso copyriglit notice (by Rev. .T. Sundays pp. 8-9, errata ])p. 10-14, 8°. Giorda, 1879) 1 1. pj'eface (unsigned) verso blank Copies seen : Congress, Dunbar, Eames, 1 1. text pp. 1-644, 8°. Pilling, Wellesley. The author owes much to the manuscript dictionary of Rev. G. Mengarini, who, first of Szmim6ie-s Jesns Christ. [ ] | A | f all Jesuit missionaries, possessed himself the catechism of the Christian doctrine | | of the genius of this language, and, besides in the Flat-Head or Kalispel Lan- | speaking it with the perfection of a native I composed the missionaries Indian, it also to the rules of guage by | reduced gram- I mar. Preface. of the Society of Jesus. | Copies seen : Congress, Dunbar, Eames, Ignatius prinT, Montana. 1880 St. | Pilling, Trumbull, Wellesloy. Cover title as above, title as above verso Appended is the following: copyright notice (1880, by Rev. J. Bandini) 1 1.

half-title "Part I " recto blank 1 1. text pp. 1- [ ] Appendix | to the | Kalisj^el- 17, half-title " Part II," p. 18, text pp. 19-45, 8='. English Dictionary. Compiled by the | Catec^hism, pp. 1-33.—Hymns, pp 35-45. missionaries of the Society of Jesus I | Copies seen : Congress, Eames, Pilling, Trum- St. Print, Montana. 1879 bull, Wellesley. Ignatius | — —

SALISHAN LANGUAGES. 29

Giorda (J.) — Continued. Good (J. B.) — Continued.

These worlvs were put in typo aud printed Cover title : The Morning and Evening tlio Indian school boys at St. Ignatius. Prayer, by | the Litany, And | Also Pi\ayers and In reply to a communication asking the Thanksgivings, with Office tlie | lor | Holy of the works titled above, Fatlier Communion, .Select authorship and | Translated Hymns. | Leopold Van Gorp, one of the superintendents into the | Xeklakapamuk for Tongue | the use of the Roman Catholic missions in the north- of the Indians of St. Paul's the | mission, | west, wrote me under date of Jan. 4, 1887, as Lytton, British Columbia. |

follows : "Fatlier Giorda may very properly be Victoria, B. Printed St. C. | by the Paul's considered the author of all the works whicli mission jiress. 1878. |

wo have printed in the Kalispel or Flathead Cover title, title verso blank 1 1. text pp. 3-48, language. About 225 copies of each were 12^. printed." Morning and evening prayer, pp. 3-33. —Ad- ministration of the "The .Saint Ign.atius mission maintains two Lord's supper, pp. 34-48.

Copies xeen .- Bancroft, scliools for Indian boys and girls, at the Flat- Wellesley. head Agency, on the Jocko reservation in Mon- The latter portion of this work was issued

separately, : tana. From a population of about 2,000 Indians with title-page as follows

are collectiid enough pupils to make an average [ ] The Office for the Holy Com- attendance of 1,W, who are taught industrial munion translated into the Nekla- | I pursuits as well as letters. The agimt reports kapamuk tongue, for the use j | of the that the art of printing is also tanglit in a neat Indians of the St. Paul's mission, | little printing office, where dictionaries of tlie | Lytton, British Columbia. Kalispel language, the gospels, and innumer- | able pamphlets and circulars have been neatly Victoria, B. C. Printed the St. | by printed."—-Bi'^ie.S'oc. Record, Nov. 17, 1S87. Paul's mission press. 1878. | Kev. Father Joseph Giorda, S. J., who died of Cover title : Office for The | the Holy Com- heart disea.so at Desmet Mission, among the and Select munion, Hymns. | Translated into I Cceur d'Alene Indians, about the beginning of tlie Noklakapamuk for the Tongue, | use of the August, 1882, was a native of Piedmont; born Indians of the St. Paul's | mission, | Lytton, 19, 1823. He joined the March Jesuit order British Columbia. | when twenty-two years old, and for some time Victoria, B. Printed St. C. | by the Paul's filled tlie chair of divinity and held other press. 1878. mission | imj)ortant offices in the colleges of the society Cover title, title p. [33] verso beginning of in Euroije. In 1858 Father Giorda arrived in text which occupies pp. 34-48, 12°. St. Louis, and soon after started for the wilds Lord's prayer, Prayer for duty, p. 34.—Ten of the northwest as superior general of the commandments, pp. 35-36. — Prayer for the Eocky Mountain missions, which office he Iield Queen, pp. 36-37.— The creed, pp. 37-38.—The until increasing infiriuities, due to arduous offertory sentences, p. 38. — Prayer for the labors and constant exposure, obliged those in church militant, pp. 38-40. —Exhortation, p. authority to relieve him of it. While superior 41. —Thecoufession, pp. 41-42. —The absolution, he established many new missions among the the invitation, pp. 42-43. —Sursum corda, p. Avhites and Indians throughout Montana and 43. —Preface to the sanctus, p. 43.—Prayer of the adjoining Territories. He liad a wonderful humble access, jip. 43-44. —Prayer for conserva- aptitude for languages, and, besides speaking tion, p. 44. —The communion, the Lord's prayer, fluently the principal continental languages, 1). 45. —The thanksgiving, pp. 46-47. —Thebless- mastered, during bis manifold duties, the ing, 11. 47. —Hymns and doxology, pp. 47-48. Blackfoot, Nez Tercc, Flathead, Yakama, Koot- Office for the reception of catechumens, i>. 48. enay, and Gros Ventre dialects, and preached Copies seen : AV^ellesley. to the different tribes in all tlieso languages. [ ] The Office for Public Baptism For several years ho was pastor of the Church I | the of Conlirmation, of the Sacred Heart at St. Ignatius, Montana. And Order | with Van Gorp. select and prayers translated hymns | I into the or Thomji- Noklakapamuk | | God save the Queen [NetlakupaniukJ. | son tongue for the use of the Indians .See Good (J. B.) | of the St. Paul's mission, Lytton, | [Good {Rev. John Bootli).] The Morning I British Columbia. (By aid of the and Evening I'rayer, tlio Litany, | | Aud Venerable society for promoting chris- With Prayers and Thanksgivings, I | tian knowledge.) translated into the Nekhvkapaniuk I | | | Vi<-t()ria, B. C, printed by the S. Tongue, for the use of the | | Indians of Paul's mission press (S. P. C. K.) Col- the St. Paul's mission, Lytton, Brit- | | I legiate seliool. 1879. ish Ccdunibia. I | Cover litle as abov

30 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

Good (J. B.) — Continued. Good (J. B.) — Continued.

infanta, pp. 2, 4, 6, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18 (p. 8 blank). includes a story in five parts with interlinear The ministration of baptism to such as are of English tran.slation, furnished by Dr. Ellis, of riper years and able to answer for themselves, Tale, pp. 38-40.

pp. 3, 5, 7, 9, 11, 17, 19 (pp. 13 and 15 blank).— Copies seen .- Bancroft, Dunbar, Eames, Mal- Select hymns for the office, p. 20.—The order of let, Pilling, Wellesley. confirmation, pp. 21-24.— Select hymns, psalms, [ ] God save the Queen. and prayers, pp. 25-32. A seven-line verse in the Netlakapamuk or Copies seen : Dunbar, Eames, Pilling, "Welles- Thompson Indian tongue, with heading in ley. English as above, on one side of a small slip, Offices for the solemnizat[i]on of | which looks as though it were struck off as a matrimony the visitation of the sick, | proof-sheet.

and The Burial of tlie Dead. Copies seen : Wellesley. I I | the Nitlakapamuk See Bancroft (H. H.) Translated into | | Indian Tongue. J. Grammar: or Thompson | By I Salish See Mengarini (G.) B. Good, S. P. G. missionary, Yale-Lyt- Twana Eells (M.) ton. By aid of a Grant from the Ven. I Grammatic treatise for Promoting Christian Society | Bilkula See Boas (F.) Knowledge. | Chehalis Eells (M.) Victoria, Printed the 8t. B. C. | by Chehalis Gallatin (A.) Paul's Mission Press, (S. P. C. K.) Col- Chehalis Hale(H.) | legiate School, 1880. Kalispel (Uorda(J.) Klallam Buhner (T.S.) Cover title as above, title as above verso Klallam Eells (M.) blank 1 1. text with headings in English pp. 3- Komuk Boas (F.) 15,8°. Netlakapamuk Bancroft (H. H.) The form of solemnization of matrimony, pp. Netlakapamuk Good (J. B.) 3-6. —Order for the visitation of the sick, pp. Niskwalli Bulmer (T. S.) 7-9.—The order for the burial of the dead, pp. Niskwalli Eells (M.) 10-14.— Collects, p. 15. Okinagan Boas (F.) Copies seen: Bancroft, Eames, Pilling, Puyallup McCaw (S. R.) "Wellesley. Salish Bancroft (H.H.) vocabulary and outlines A | | of Salish Gallatin (A.) of the Nitlakapamuk or Salish Hale (H.) grammar | | | Thompson tongue, (The Indian lan- Salish Petitot (E. F. S. J.) I | Salish Shea (J. G.) guage spoken between Yale, Lillooet, Shuswap Boas (F.) Cache Creek and Nicola Lake.) I | Shuswap Gallatin (A.) Together with a Phonetic | Chinook Shuswap Hale(H.) Dictiouar\', Adapted for use in Skwaksin Eells (M.) | the Province of British Columbia. Snanaimuk Boas (F.) | | By J. Snohomish Eells (M.) B. Good, S. P. G. missionary, Yale- Spokan Eells (M.) Lytton. By aid of a Grant from the I Stailakum Boas(F.) Right Hon. Superintendent of Indian Tilamuk Gallatin (A.) Affairs, Ottawa. Tilamuk Hale(H.) I | Victoria: Printed the St. Twana Bulmer (T. S.) | by Paul's Twana Eells (il.) Mission Press, (S. P. C. K.) Collegiate | School, 1880. Grant ( Walter Colquhoun). Description Cover title as aljove, title as above verso of Vancouver Island. By its tirst Colo- blank 1 1. preface pp. 5-6, text pp. 8-46, 8°. nist, W. Colciuhoun Grant, Esq., F. E. Chinook Dictionary. English-Chinook, pp. G. S., of the 2ud Dragoon Guards, and 8-30 (even-numbered pages). — Thompson vo- late Lieut. -Col. of the Cavalry of the cabulary, Euglish-Nitlakapamuk, pp. 9-31 Turkish Contingent. (odd numbered pages). —Chinook numerals, p. 30. —Nitlakapamuk numerals, etc., p. 31 Con- In Royal Geog. Soc. Jour. vol. 27, pp. 268-320, versations, Euglisli-Oiinook, pp. 32,34; Eug- London [1858], 8°. (Geological Survey.) lish-Nitlakapamuk, pp. 33, 35. —Lord's prayer in Brief discussion of the language of Van- Jargon, p. 34; in Thompson, p. 35. — Outlines couver Island, and numerals 1-10, 100, of the

of [the Nitlaka])amuk] grammar, (pp. 37-46) T.sclallums, p. 295, SALISHAN LANGUAGES. 31

Haiiies (Elijah Middlebrook). The Hale (H.) — Continued. | Americiiu Indian (Uh-nish-iu-na-ba). Kawelitsk (Cowelits)]; soutlieru branch: L. | The Whole Subject Complete in One Nsietshawus (Killamnks), pp. 569-629, contain- I ing on an average about three words ot Volume Illustrated with Numerous each I dialect on a page, in the lines designated by the Appropriate Engravings. By Elijah | above-named letters. M. Haines. [Design.] | | "All these vocabularies (with the exception the Mas-sin-na-gan com- Chicago: | of the Skwale, which was received from an pany, 1888. interpreter) were obtained from natives of the I Title verso copyright notice (18S8) etc. 1 1. respective tribes, generally under favourable j)retace pp. vii-viii, contents and list of illus- circumstances. For the Selish, Skitsuish, and trations pp. 9-22, text pp. 23-821, largo 8^. Piskwaus, we are indebted to the kindness of Chapter vi, Indian tribes](pp. 121-171), gives Messrs. "Walker and Eels, missionaries of the special lists and a general alphabetic list of the American Board at Tshamakain, near the Spo- tribes of North America, which includes the kan River. It was through the interj)retation tribes of the Pacific coast, pp. 129-131; Wash- of these gentlemen, and the explanations which ington territory west of the Cascade Moun- their knowledge of the Selish enabled them

tains, pp. 132-133 ; "Washington territory around to give, that the words of all three languages, Puget Sound, p. 133. and the numerous sentences in the Selish,

Copies seen : Congress, Eames, Pilling. illustrative of the grammatical peculiarities of (Horatio). States explor- that tongue, were correctly written. Hale United | '• ing expedition. During the years The languages of this family .ire all harsh, | | guttur.al, and iudistinct. It is to the latter 1838, 1839, 1840, 1841, 1842. Under the | quality that many of the variations in the vocab- command of Charles Wilkes, U. S. N. j ularies are owing. In other cases, these pro- Vol. VI. Ethnography and philol- ceed from dialectical ditferences, almost every I I ogy. By Horatio Hale, philologist clan or sept in a tribe having some peculiarity I I | of the expedition. of pronunciation. In the Selish, three dialects | have been noted, and more might have been Philadelphia: printed by C. Sher- | given, had it not been considered superfluous. man. 1846. I The.se three .are first, the Kullespelm, spoken Half-title (United States expedi- exploring by a tribe who live upon a river and about a tion, by authority of Congress) verso blank 1 1. lake known by that name. They are called by title verso blank 1 1. v-vii, alphabet contents pp. the Canadians Petid-Oreilles. which has been pp. ix-xii, half-title verso blank 1 1. text pp. 3- corrupted to Ponderays ; secondly, that of the 666, map, 4°. proper Selish, or Flatheads, as they are called, General remarks on the Tsihaili-Selish fam- and of the Spokan Indians ; and that of the ily (E. Shushwapumsh, or Shushwajis, or Soaiatlpi, Okinakain, and other tribes upon the Atnahs; P. .Selish, Salish, or Flatheads; G. Columbia. Skitauish.or Coeur d'Alene Indians; H.Pisk- "Of the Tsihailisli, also, three dialects are waus or Piscims; I. Skwale or Nisqually; .1. given, which ditfer considerably from one

Tsihailish or Chikailish ; K. Kawelitsk or another. The Quaiautl reside npon a rivv.r of Cowelits; L. Ifsietshawus or Killarauks, pp. the same name, north of the Tsihailish (or 2U5-212, containing somes mattered words in the Chikailish) proper, and the Kwenaiwitl, in several dialects, and on p. 211 the names of the like mannt'r, are north of the Kwaiantl, not far twelve months in Plskwaus and in Selish. from the entrance to the Straits of Fuca." Tsihaili-Selish family (E. 5u5wapum9; F. Copies seen : Astor, British Museum, Con- Selig [c. Kulespelm; d. Tsukaet-sitlin ; e. S^o- gress, Lenox, Trumbull. aiatxlpi] ; ; H. Piskwaus ; I. Skwdle G. Skltsuic ; At the Squier sale, no. 446, a cojiy brought J. Tsxailig [f. Tsxailig; g. Kwaiantxl; h. Kwc- $13; at the Murphy sale, no. 1123, half maroon naiwitxl] ; K- Kawelitsk; L. Nsiet(;:iwus), pp. morocco, top edge gilt, $13. 535-542, comprising a comparative grammar of Issued also with the following title-page: the Shushwap, Selish, Tsihailish, and Nsiet- shawns, with especial reference to the Selish. exploring expedi- United States | Vocabularies of Tsihaili-Selish; northern tion. the years 1838, 1839, During | branch: E. Shushwapumsh (Shushwaps, I 1842. Under the command Atnahs), r. Selish (Flatheads) [c. Kullespelm 1840, 1841, | Wilkes, S. N. Ethnog- (Ponderays), d. Ts.akaitsitliu (Spokan Inds.), of Charles U. | e. Soaiatlpi (Kettle-falls, &c.)], G. Skitsuish philology. By Horatio raphy and | | ((!(Bur d'Anene), H. Piskwaus (Piscons); mid- Hale, philologist of the expedition. I | dle branch: I. Skwalo (Xasqually) ; western Philadelphia: Lea and Blauchard. branch: ,f. Tsihailish (Chickailis, Chilts) if. |

l?siUailish, i;. Kwaiantl, Kvvenaiwitl, k. 1846, Ji. I — : —

32 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

Hale ( H. ) — Coutinued. Hale (H.) — Continued. Half-title (TJnited States exploring expedi- 1837 and was appointed in the same year philolo-

tion) verso blauk 1 1. title verso blauk 1 1. con- gist to the United States exploring expedition tents pp. v-vii, alphabet pp. ix-xii, half-title under Capt. Charles TVilkes. In this capacity

verso blauk 1 1. text pp. 3-C66, map, 4°. he studied a largo number of the languages of Linguistic contents as under title next above. the Pacific islands, as well as of North and

Copies seen .- Eames, Lenox. South America, Australia, and Africa, and also investigated the history, traditions, and cus- Was America peopled from Poly- toms of the tribes speaking those languages. nesia? The results of his inquiries are given in his In fe'ongres Int. des Amerieanistes, Compte- Ethnography and Philology (Philadelphia, session, 375-387, Berlin, 1890, 8°. rendu, 7th pp. 1840), which forms the seventh volume of the

Harvard : This word following title or Hale. the a within Horatio | From ogy. 1 By I parentheses after a note indicates that a copy Proceedings of the International Con- of the work referred to has been seen by the at Berlin, in gress of Americanists | compiler iu the library of Harvard University, October 1888. Cambridge, Mass. | 1890. Printed hy H. S. Her- [Hayden (Ferdinand Vandever)], in Berlia | charge. Department of the interior. maiin. |

1 1. text 3-15, 8°. of the United States Title verso blank Bulletin | pp. | "I Geo- Pronouns in the languages of Polynesia and logical geographical survey of and | | of western America, including the Selish, i).14. territories. No. l[-Vol. VI]. the | | Copies seen : Pilling, Wellesley. : Government printing Washington | idiom. manual An international | A office. 1874 [-1881]. trade language, or I of the Oregon | I | 5 vols, and two numbers of vol. 6, 8=. It was Horatio Hale, "Chinook Jargon." | By not the intention, when these bulletins were

M.A., F. E. S. C, memher [&c. six started, to collect them into volumes ; conse- I lines, quently the first volume is irregularly paged j I and titled. Whittaker co.. White London: | & Eells (M.), The Twana Indians, vol. 3, pp. 57- Paternoster square. 1890. Hart Street, | 114. Half-title verso blank 1 1. title verso names Copies seen : Geological Survey. 1. prefatory note verso extract of printers 1 (Alexander). Journal of Alex- Henry | | from a work by Quatrefages 1 1. contents verso to Lake Superior, Red ander Henry | | blank 1 1. text pp. 1-63, 16°. River,| Assiniboine, Rocky Mountains, Trade language and English dictionary, pp. |

39-52 ; and the English and trade language, pp. Columbia, aud the Pacific, 1799 to 1811, i 53-63, each contain a number of words of to establish the fur trade. (*) I the lirst portion these words Salishan origin ; in ilauuscript, about 1,700 pp. foolscap, pre- are marked Axith the letter .S'. served in the library of Parliament, Ottawa, stated, is, in "This dictionary, it should be Canada. For its description I am indebted to the main, a copy (with some additions and cor- the kindness of Mr. Charles N. Bell, of Winni-

rections) of that of George Gibbs [q. v.], pub- ' peg, who writes : ' The sheets are evidently not Institution iu 1803. lished by the Smithsonian the original ones used by Alexander Henry, but and nowregarded as the standard authority, so are rewritten from his journals by one George far as any can be said to exist; but it maybe Coventry, who seems to have been a family jirincipal part of that collection added that the friend. No date is given to the copying, nor is estimable com- was avowedly derived by the there any intimation where the original docu- published seven- piler from my owu vocabulary, ments are to be found." teen years before." Note, p. 39. The journal extends from 1799 to 1812, and Pilling. Copies seen : Eames, between the dates 1808 and 1809 are voc.abidariea Cha- For critical reviews of this work, see of the Ojeebois,Knistine.iux, Assiniboine, Slave, rencey (H. de), Crane (A.), Leland (C. (<.), and Flat Head, about 300 words each of the first Reade (J.), and Western. three and a .somewhat larger number of the last See Gallatin (A.) two. Copies of these have been furnislied the Horatio Hale, ethnologisl bom in New|MHt, Bureau of Ethnology by Mr. Bell, the Flathead N. H., Mav3. 1817. was graduated al HarvarJ in occupying 8 pages, folio. : :

SALISHAN LANGUAGES. 33

Hoffman {Dr. Walter James). Selisli Hoffman (W. J.) — Continued. myths. By W. J. Hoffman, M. D. ley was then colonel. Returning to Reading, Pa., Dr. Hoffman resumed the i)ractice of med- In Esses lust. Bull., vol. 1.5, pp. 23-40, Salem, icine in November, 1873, and continued until 1884, 8°. (Geological Survey.) the autumn of 1877, when he was placed hy A myth in the Selish language, with inter- Professor Hayden, then director of the U. S. linear English translation, pp. 24-25.—Notes on Geological Survey, in charge of the ethnological some of the Selish words, p. 40. and mineralogical material. In this capacity Selish, Uta, Bird names of the Pah he continued until the organization of the and Shoshoni Indians. By W. J. Hoff- Bureau of Ethnology in 1879, when he was man, M.D. appointed assistant ethnologist, which office he In the Auk, a quarterly journal of ornithol- fills at this date. investigation ogy, vol. 2, pp. 7-10, Boston, 1885, 8^. (Geological Dr. Hoffman has made special Survey.) with the organization (existing among all A list of 49 hird names; Selish equivalents tribes of Indians, in some form or other) usually of 34 are given. denominated the Grand Medicine Society, and Issued separately, with half-title as follows: for this purpose, as well as for the collection of antliropomorphic and other ethnologic data, (From the Ank, vol. II, No. 1, Janu- has visited most of the aboriginal tribes of the ary, 1885). Bird names of the Selish, I United States and the northwest coast of Shoshoni Indians. By Pah Uta and | | America. In 1881 he visited the Mandans, W. J. Hoffman, M. D. Hidatsa, and Arikara, to study the sign lan- [Boston: 1885.] guage, pictographs, and secret society of the Arikara. In 1882 he made a trij) to the Cali- Half-title on cover, no inside title; text pp. fornia and Nevada tribes and all local- 7-10, 8°. known ities abounding in pictographs, gathered vocab- Linguistic contents as under title next above. ularies of Smiiwitsli (Santa Barbara), Kawi'ah Co2)ies seen : Eanies, Pilling. (at Tulle River), etc. In 1883 he visited Ottawa, Selish Language. Vocabulary of the near Mackinaw, Mich., and Mdewakantawan, By W. J. Hoffman, M.D., Washington, at Mendota, Minn., studying pictographs and D. C. (Read before the American Phil- linguistics, etc. In 1884 he studied the tribes osophical Society, March 19, 1886.) of Vancouver's Island, B. C, Washington, Oregon, California, and Nevada, especially their In American Philosoph. Soc. Proc. vol. 23, pictography, sign language, and tattooing. In pp. 361-371, Philadelphia, 1886, 8°. (Geological Survey.) 1886 he visited petroglyphs in West Virginia, Virginia, North Carolina, Ohio, Tennessee, Vocabulary (300 words), pp. 361-369.—Phrases and Pennsylvania. In 1887-1890 he made visits to (22), p. 369.—Numerals 1-1000, pp. 369-370.— the Ojibwa of Minnesota, to study their Grand Myth with interlinear English translation, p. Medicine ritual and initiation. In 1890-'01 he 370—List of tribes known to be Selish, p. 371. visited the Menomiui of Wisconsin Walter J. Hofl'mau was born in Weidas- and Ojibwa of Minnesota, to study their ritual and medi- ille, Pa., May 30, 1840; studied medicine with cine society. ' his father (the late Dr. Wm. F. Hoffman, of Reading, Pa.), .and graduated from Jefferson HovT-se (Joseph). Vocabularies of cer- Medical College, Philadelphia, Pa., March 10, j tain North American languages. By 1866. Practiced his profession in Reading, Pa., j T. (J.?) Howse, Esq. (' until the summer of 1870, when, at the outbreak In Philological Soc. [of Loudon] Proc. vol.4, I of the Franco-Prussian war, he received a com- pp. 191-206, London, 1850, 8^. (Congress.) mission of surgeon in the Prussian army and Vocabulary of the Flathead, Okauagen, and ' was assigned to the Seventh Army Corps, Atnaor Shoushwhap, pp. 109-206. , located near Metz. For "distinguished services rendered" he was decorated hy the Emperor Hymn-book

' "William I, and after his return to America he Netlakapamuk See Le Jeune (J. M. R.) was a])pointed, in 1871, .acting assistant sur- Hymns geon, U. S. A., and naturalist to the expedition Kalispel See Giorda (J. B.) for the exploration of Nevada and Arizona, Klallam Eells (M.) Lieutenant (now Ma^jor) Wheeler, U. S. Engineer Netlakapamuk Good (J.B.) Corps, commanding. Ur. Hoffman was ordered, Netlakapamuk Le Jeune (J. M. R.) in August, 1872, to the military post at Grand Niskwalli Bulmer (T. S.) River Agency (now North) Dakota, where he Niskwalli Eells (M.) served as post surgeon and prosecuted Okinagan Tate (C. M.) researches in the language and mythology of Skwaksin Eells (M.) the Dakota Indians. In the spring of 1873, Dr. Snohomish Boulet (J. B.) Hoffman was detailed to accompany the Seventh Twana Eells (M.) IT. S. Cavalry. General Custer commanding, and was later transferred to the Twenty-second Hymns in the Thompson tongue. See Infantry, the regiment of wh^ct^ Geperal Stan- Le Jeune (J. M. R.) SAL 3 : ) :

34 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

U.K.

Interrogationes faoieudie [Kalispelj. Kane (P.) — Continued. iSee Canistrelli (P. on a tour of art exploration through the unset- tled regions of the northwest. He traveled Jiilg(B.) See Vater (.T.8.) many thousands of miles in this country, from Ealispel the confines of old Canada to the Pacific Ocean, Bible stories See Giorila (J.) and was eminently successful in delineating Catechism Giorda (J.) the physical peculiarities and appearance of Dictionary (iiorda (J.) the aborigines, as well as tlio wild scenery of General discussion Smalley (E. V.) the far north. Ho returned to Toronto in Geographic names Eells (M.) December, 1848, having in his possession one of Hymns Giorda (J.) tlie largest collections of Indian curiosities Litany Cauestrelli (P.) that was ever made on the continent, together Lord's prayer Shea (J. G.) with nearly four hundred sketches. From these Lord's prayer Smalley (E. V.) he painted a series of oil pictures, which are now Lord's prayer Smet (P. J. de). in the possession of George W.AUen, of Toronto, Lord's praj'er Van Gorp (L.) and embrace views of the country from Lake Numerals Eells (M.) Superior to Vancouver's Island..— Appleton't Prayers C (J. F.) Cyclop, of Am. Biog. Prayers Canestrelli (P.) Eaulits Prayers Smet (P. J. do). Text Lettro. Vocabulary Gibbs (G.) Vocabulary Hale (H.) Vocabulary Pinart(A. L.) Vocabulary Powell (J. W.) Vocabulary Eoehrig (F. L. O.) Vocabulary Tolmie(W. F.) Vocabulary Tolmio (W. F.) and Dawson (G. M.) Words Youth's. Kamloops Wawa. Sco Le Jeuue (J.-M. R.)

Half-title verso name ol printer 1 1. frontis-

piece 1 1. title verso blank 1 1. dedication verso

blank 1 1. preface pp. v-x, contents pp. xi-xvii, list of illustrations p, [xviii], text pp. 1-455, aiipendix 4 11. 8°. List of peoples in the northwest, including thcSalishan tribes, 4 unnumbered leaves at end. Copicb seen: Bancroft, Boston Athenusum, British Museum, Congress, Harvard.

The edition : Los ludiens de la BaieHud.son, Paris, 1801, contains no linguistic material. (British Museum.) Paul Kane, Canadian artist, born in Toronto in 1810, died there in 1871. Ho early evinced a love of art, and after studying in Upi)er Canada college he visited tlie United States in 1836 and followed his profession there till 1840, when ho went to Europe. Tlierc, he studied in Rome, Genoa, Naples, Florence, Venice, and Bologna. He finally returned to Toronto in the spring of 1845, and after a short rest went )

SALISHAN LANGUAGES. 35

Keane (A. H) — Continued. Klallam — Continued. American Indians. In Encyclopajclia Britannica, ninth edition, pp. 822-830, New York, 1881, royal 8°. (Bureau of Ethnology, Pilling.) Columbian races, p. 826, includes tliedivisions of the Salishan. Kilamook. See Tilamuk. Klallam: General discussion See Bancroft (H. H.) General discussion Eells (M.) Geographic names Coones (S. F.) Geographic names Eells (M.) Geographic names Gibhs (G.) Graramatic treatise Bulmer (T. S.) Grammatic treatise Eells (M.) Hymns Eells (if.) Lord's prayer Bulmer (T.S.) Lord's prayer Youth's. Numerals Eells (M.) Numerals Grant (W.C.) Numerals Scouler (J.) Numerals Tolmie(W. E.) Sentences Scouler (J.) Songs Baker (T.) Songs Eells (M.) Vocabulary Eells (M.) Vocabulary Gibbs (G.) Vocabulary Latham (R.G.) Vocabulary Pinart(A. L.) Vocabulary Roehrig (F. L. O.) Vocabulary Scouler (J.)

Vocabulary Tolmie ( W. F.) Words Bancroft (H. H. : . —

36 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

Latham (R. G.) — Continued. Iiatham (R. G.) — Continued. Friendly Village (from McKenzie) and Bille- tin) and Okinagen (from Tolmie), pp. 253-254. choola (from Tolmie), p. 300.—Comparative List of words showing affinities between the vocabularj- (12 words) of the Piskwaus (from languages of Oregon territory and the Eskimo Gallatin) and Salisli, p. 314. — Comparative includes words of the Billechoola and Okina- vocabulary (19 words) of the Chekeeli and gen, pp. 260-203. Wakash (from Scoiiler), p. 315. Miscellaneous contribntions to the ethnog- Copies seen: Bureau of Ethnology, Con- raphy of North America, 275-297, contains , pp. gress, Eames. a number of .Salishan words in the compara- The ethnology of the British tive lists. « | | I Addenda and corrigenda, 1859 (pp. 378-418) colonies and dependencies. | | R. | By | contains a few additional remarks upon the G. Latham, M. D., F. R. S., corre- | Atna group and the Billechula, p. 388.— Short sponding member to the Ethnological Selish vocabulary (12 words), pp.415-41C.

society, York, etc. etc. [Mono- Copies se".n : Astor, Boston Public, Brinton, New | | Bureau Ethnology, Congress, Pilling. gram in shield.] of Eames, | "Watkinson. London : John Voorst, Pater- | Van At the Squier sale a i>resentatiou copy, no. noster row. M. DCCC. LI [1851]. I 639, brought $2.37. The Murphy copy, no. 1438, Title verso names of printers 1 1. contents sold for $1. pp. v-vi, preface verso blank 1 1. text pp. 1-264, comparative philol- list of works by Di. Latham, etc. 1 1. 16°. Elements | of | Chapter vi. Dependencies in Am erica, pp. ogy. By R. G. Latham, M. A., M. D., I I 224-264, contains a list of the divisions and F. R. S., &c., late fellow of King's col- I subdivisions of the Billechula. lege, Cambridge; and late professor of Copies seen : Astor, British Museum, Bureau English in University college, Lon- of Ethnology, Congress, Eames. I don. On the languages of northern, west- I London : Walton audMaberly,i Upper ern, and central America. By R. G. Gower street, and Ivy lane. Paternoster Latham, M. D. row; Longman, Green, Longman, In Philological Soc. [of London] Trans. 1856, I Roberts, Green, Paternoster pp. 57-115, London [1857], 8°. (Congress.) and | row. A general discussion of the Atna group 1862. The Right of Translation is I I (including the Tsihali-Selish). with a list of its Reserved. linguistic divisions, pp. 71-72; of the Bille- Half-title verso name of printer 1 1. title chula, p. 72. verso blank 1 1. dedication verso blank 1 1. This article reprinted in the same author's jireface pp. vii-xi, contents pp. xiii-xx, tabular Opuscula, for title of which see ))elow view of languages and dialects pp. xxi-xxviii, Opuscula. Essays chiefly philo- chief authorities pp. xxix-xxxii, errata verso | I | logical and ethnographical blank 1 1. text pp. 1-752, addenda and corri- | by | Rob- genda pp. 753-757, index pp. 758-774, list of ert Gordon A., Latham, | M. M. D.,r. works by Dr. Latham verso blank 1 1. 8°. R. S., etc. late fellow of Kings college, I Genei-al account of the Tsihali-Selish, with a Cambridge, late jjrofessor of English list of linguistic divisions, 399. | p. —Compara- in University college, Loudon, late tive vocabulary (50 words and numerals 1-10) assistant physician at the of the Atna (from Hale), Piskwaus, Skwali, | Middlesex and Kowelitsk, pp. 399-400.—Vocabulary (50 hosi>ital. I words and numerals 1-10) of the Nsietshawus Williams Norgate, 14 Henrietta & | or Kilamuk, a language of the Selish or Atna street, Covent garden, London | and group, the "Watlala | compared with and Nutka, 20 South Frederick street, Edinburgh. pp. 402-403. — Vocabulary (12 words) of the Leipzig, R. 1860. Selish commpared with the Tshiuuk and She- Hartmanu. | I shoui, p. 404. Title verso name of printer 1 1. preface pp. Copies seen : Astor, British Museum, Bureau iii-iv, contents pp. v-vi, text pp. 1-377, addenda of Ethnology, Congress, Eames, Watkinson. and corrigenda pp. 378^18, 8^. A reprint of a number of papers read before Robert Gordon Latham, the eldest son of the the ethnological and philological societies of Rev. Thomas Latham, was born in the vicarage London, among them the following of Billiugsborough, Lincolnshire, March 24, On the languages of the Oregon territory (pp. 1812. In 1819 he was entered at Eton. Two years 249-265) contains: Comparative vocabulary (10 afterwards he was admitted on the foundation, words) of the langu.ige of Friendly Village and in 1829 went to Kings, where he took his (from McKenzie) and Billechula (from Tol- fellowship and degrees. Ethnology was his mie), p. 250.—Vocabulary (10 words) of the first passion and his last, though for botany

Atn:ih (from McKenzie) and of the Noosda- he had a very strong taste. He died March 9, Inm, compared, p. 252. —Vocabulary (12 words I'^iH.— Theodore Watts inThe Athenaeum, March and numerals 1-10) of the Salish (from Galla- 17, 1S88. SALISHAN LANGUAGES. 37

Cover title .18 above, half-title verso details of

sale 1 1. title as above verso blank 1 1. preface pp. v-vii, catalogue pp. 1-107, 8°. Includes titles of a number of works containing material relating to the Salishan languages.

Copies seen : Congress, Eames, Pilling. At tlie Fischer sale, a copy, no. 919, brought

10«. ; at the Squier sale, no. 651, $1.50. Leclerc, 1878, no. 345, prices it i fr. and Maisonneuve, in 1889, 4 fr. The Murphy copy, no. 1452, brought $2.75. Histoire, americana | Bibliotheca | g^ographie, voyages, archeologie et | des deux Am^riques linguistique | | | r^dig^e Par iles Philippines | et des | I Ch. Leclerc [Design] | | Paris Maisonneuve et C'", libraires- I quai Voltaire, 25. 1878 6diteur8 \ 25, | Cover title as above, half-title verso blank

1 1. title as above verso blank 1 1. avant-propos pp. i-xvii, table des divisions pp. xviii-xx, catalogue pp. 1-643, supplement pp. 645-694, index pp. 695-737. colophon verso blank 1 1. 8^. Tlie linguistic part of this volume occupies lan- pp. 537-643 ; it is arranged under names of guages and contains titles of books relating to

the following : Langue.s amtricaines en general, pp. 537-550; Clallam et Lummi, p. 568. Copies seen: Boston Athen;eum, Congress, Eames, Harvard, Pilling. Priced by Quaritcb, no. 12172, 12s.; another copy, no. 12173, large paper, 1?. Is. Leclerc's Supplement, 1881, no. 2831, prices it 15 fr., andno. 2832, a copy on Holland paper, 30 fr. A large paper copy is priced by Quaritch, no. 30230, 12«. Mai.sonueuve in 1889 prices it 15 fr. Lee (Daniel) and Fiost (J. H.) Ten in Oregon. D. Lee and J. H. years | By Frost, late of the Oregon mission of I the Methodist episcopal church. | [Picture.] | New-York: published for the | Mulberry-street. J. authors: 200 | Printer. 1844. Collord, |

Title verso copyright notice (1844) 1 1. preface

pi>.3-6, contents pp. 7-11. text pp. 13-337, appendix pp. 339-344, map, 12°. Vocabulary of the Killemook (80 words and phrases), pp. 339-341. —Vocabulary of the Che- calish (65word8). pp. 341-343.

Copies seen : Astor. Boston Atheu;i'uni, Brit- ish Museum, Congress, Pilling, Trumbull. 38 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE r

-< 'Nn

ii^. 1. Kocmloops VJcLfMa.MoiyX.1l

I/:

^t- wants to ^pca^

'So/ictciiJ ^

lA/oiyn4- to Ccmj'^/^ to

LI/ "o mmtfth if' t/)cy he It' /litc /ne/t^

\ J FACSIMILE OF THE FIRST PAGE OF THE KAMLOOPS WAWA. , —

SALIRHAN LANGUAGES. 39

Le Jeiuie (J. M. K.) — Contintied. Le Jeune (J. M. U.) — Continued. Willi Eiijilisli and Latin hcadiuna in italics, contrition, p. 10. — Invocation, p. 11. —To the 15. reproduced by the mimeograph), pp. 1-16, 16°. Virgin, p. 11.—To the guardian angel, jip. 11- 13.— Voni Sancti. p. 1.—Act of faith, p. 1 ; of hope, 12.—To the saints, p. 12.—Angelus, p. p. 2; of love, pp. 2-3; of contrition, p. 3; of Oremus, ad Gloria Patri, p. 14. —Sub tuum, p. 15. Offering of the mass, jjp. 15-16. adoration, pp. 3-4 ; of thauTisgiving, pp. 4-5.— — Pilling. Prayer foj' light, pp. 5-6 ; exameu, pp. 6-7 : firm Copies seen: purpose, pp. 7-8; oonfietor, p. 0. —Miseroatur 1*^* [ ] Primer antl Lessons in Thomp- and Indulgeutiam, p. 10. —The ten coiiimand- ,son. by. J. M. R. Le Jeune (). M. L mt'iits, ))p. 10-11. —Precepts of the church, pp. I 11-12. —Seven capital sins, p. 12. —Night otter- [Kanib)ops, B.C.: 1891.]

ing, p. 13. —Prayer for the living and the dead, No titU'-p.ige, headings only ; t(^xt (in steno- pp. 14^15.—Sub tuura, pp. 15-16. graphic characters, witli headings in English

Copies seen : Pilling. and Latin in italics, reproduced on the mimeo- Subsequently incorporated in the following: graph) 4 unnumbered pages, 16°. Passion hymn, p. 1. —Primer lesson, pp. 2-3. Sliushwap. Morning Prayers in | L ] O ia S' Joseph, p. 4.

Prayers. Copies seen : Pilling. [Kamloop.s, B. C: 1892.] [Hymns iu the Tborapson tongue. No title-page, heading as above; loxt (iu the Le Jeune, O. M. I. Shushwap language, stenographic; characters, By Rev. J. M. R. with English and Latin headings in italics, Kamloops, B.C.: 1891.] reproduced by the mimeograph), pp. 1-48, 16°. No title-page, text (in stenographic charac- Morning Prayers: VeniSancte, p. 1. —Adora- ters, reproduced by the aid of the mimeograph), tion, p. 1. —Th.anksgiving, p. 2. — Resoiution, 4 unnumbered pages, 16°. pp. 2-3.—Petition, p. 3.—Pater, pp. 3-4.—Ave Passion hymn, pp. 1-2. —Hoe kanmentam, p. Maria, p, 4. —Credo, pp. 4-5.— Seven sacra- 3. —O ia St. Joseph, p. 4.

ments, p. 6. —A ct of faith, p. 6 ; of hope, pp. 6-7 Copies seen : Pilling. of love, p. 7; of contrition, pp. 7-8.—To the Shorthand primer for the Thompson blessed Virgin, etc., pp. 8-9.—Angelus, pp. 9- l)y J. M. R. Le Jeune 10. —Gloria patri, p. 11. —Sub tuum, p. 11. —The Language | rosary, pp. 12-16. O. M. I. Night prayers: Detailed contents as under [Kamloops, B. C: 1891.] 17-32. title next above, pp. No title-iiage, heading only; text (in steno- 33- Prayers before communion : Hymn, pp. graphic characters aTid italics, reproduced by 34-35; humility, 34.—Act of faitir, pp. of pp. the mimeograph) 4 unnumbered pages, 16°. 35-36; of contrition, 36-37; of love, p. 37; of pp. Copi-es seen- : Pilling. desire, pp. 38-39.

[ Catechism, I iu Thompson First | After communion : Prayer, p. 40. —Thanks- ] giving, p. 41.—Petition, p. 42.—Resolution, pp. Language. 43-44.— Offering, ])p. 44-45. —Intercession, p. [Kamloops, B.C.: 1892.] 45.— Hymns, pp. 46-48. No title-page, heading only ; text (in the lan- Copie.K seen : I'illing. guage of the Indians of Thompson River, stenographic characters, re])roduced by the in Thomp.soii. l)y J. Prayers | M. R. niimeogT.aph), pp. 1-32, 16°. Le Jeune O. M. I. Eight chapters, referring respectively to:

[Kamloops, B. C. : 1891.] God, Trinity, pp 1-2; Creation, pp. 2-4; Jesus No title-page, heading only; text (entirely Christ, pp. 4-8; Sin, pp. 8-10; Baptism, pp. 11- in the language of the Indians of Thompson 12; Confirmation, pp. 12-14 ; Penance, pp. 14-28; river, stenographic characters, reproduced by Holy Eucharist, pp. 28-32. 1-32, 16°. Sec facsimile the mimeogra]>h), pp. Copies seen : Pilling. of the first page. p. 40. [ First in Shusliwap. Copies seen : Pilling. ] Catechism |

[Kamloops, B. C. : 1893.] Prayers. iu Thompson. or [ ] | | Mtla- No title-page, heading only; text (in the Mornino- Prayers. kapmab. | Shushwap language, steuograi>hic characters, [Kamloops, B. C: 1892.] with headings in English in italics, reproduced No title-page, heading only; text (in the by the mimeograph), pp. 1-32, 16°.

Mtlakapmah, stenographic characters, with Nine chapters, headed res])ectively : God, English headings in italics; reproduced bythe Trinity, creation, etc., pp. 1-2.—Creation, pp. mimeograph), pp. 3-16, 16°. 2-3.—Jesus Christ, pp. 3-6.—On sin, pp. 6-7.— Veni Sancte, p. 1. — Adoration, p. 2.— Tiianks- Death, pp. 7-9.—Penance, pp. 9-16.—Eucharist, giving, pp. 2-3.—Resolution, pp. 3-4.—Petition, pp, 17-18. —Confirmation, pp. 18-19.—Questions pp. 4-5. — Pater, pp. 5-6.—Ave, p. 6. —Credo, pp. from another catechism, not included in the 7-8.—Septem sacramenta, p. 8. —Act of faith, above, pp. 19-32.

pp. 8-9.—Act of hope, p. 9.—Act of love and of Copies seen : Pilling. 40 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

<.^

•e) z*^' r^i O —<^

'V.>T> —o -^

l^V»'*W« J-

FACSIMILE OF THE FIRST PAGE OF LE JEUNE'S THOMPSON PRAYERS. )

SALISHAN LANGUAGES. 41

Le Jeune (J. M. R.) — Continued. Liloeet. Sec Lilowat. I'rayeis. iu Okouagou Language. Lilo^^at: | Numerals See Eells (M.) [Kamloops, B. C. : 1893.] I Prayers Le Jeune (J. M. R.) No title-i)age, heading ouly; text (iu the Okonagon language, stenographic characters, Text Le Jeune (J. M. R.) witli Latin and English headings in italics, Vocabulary Boas (F.) Vocabulary reproduced by the mirueograph), pp. 1-48, 16°. Gihbs (G.) Vocabulary (J. Morning prayers, pp. 1-16. —Kight prayers, Powell W.) Vocabulary (F. L. pp. 17-32. — Prayei's for communion, pp. 33-48. Roehrig O.) Vocabulary Tolmie (W. F.) and Coines seen. : Pilling. Dawson M.) somewhat lengthy statement of Father (G. A Litany: Le Jeune's methods and purposes i.s given in Kalispel See Canestrelli (P.) the Bibliography of theChinookau Languages, Netlakapamuk Good (J. B.) pp. 45-51. L'kungen. See Songish. Thre Jean-Marie Raphael Le Jeuno was born Lord's prayer: at Pleybert Christ, Finist^re, France, April 12, Kalispel See Shea (J. G.) 1855, and came to British Columbia as a mis- Kalispel Smalley (E. V.) sionary priest in October, 1879. He made his Kalispel Smet (P. J. de). first acquaintance with the Thompson Indians Kalispel Van Gorp (L.) in June, 1880, and has been among them ever Youth's. since. He began at once to study their lan- Kawichen Klallam S.) guage and was able to express himself easily Bulmcr(T. Klallam Youth's. in that language after a few mouths. When he Lilowat Le Jeune (J. M. R.) first came he found about a dozen Indians who Lumrai Youth's. knew a few prayers and a little of a catechism Bancroft in the Thompson language, composed mostly Netlapakamuk (H. H.) Netlai)akamuk Good (J. B.) by Right Rev. Bishop Durieu, O. M. I., the present bishop of New Westminster. From Netlapakamuk Youth's. Niskwalli S.) 1880 to 1882 he traveled ouly between Tale and Bulmer(T. Lytton, 57 miles, trying to make acquaintance Niskwalli Youth's. Salish B.incroft (H. with as many natives as he could in that dis- H.) Salish Buhner (T. S. trict. Since 1882 he has had to visit also the Salish Marietti (P.) Nicola Indians, who speak the Thompson lan- Salish Shea (J. G.) guage, and the Douglas Lake Indians, who Salish Smet (P.J. de). are a branch of the Okanagan family, and had Salish Youth's. occasion to become acquainted with the Okan- Samish Smet (P.J. de). agan language, in which he composed and Snanaimuk Bancroft (H. H.) revised most of the prayers they have in use up Suanaimuk Carmany (J.H.) to the i)resent. Since June 1, 1891, he has also Snohomish Bulmer (T. S.) had to deal with the Shushwap Indians, and, Snohomish Ycmth's. as the language is similar to that in use by the Twana Bulmer (T. S.) Indians of Thompson River, he very soon became familiar with it. Lu Skus.skuests [Kali.spel]. See Canes- He tried several years ago to teach the In- trelli (P.) dians to read iu the English characters, but Lu tel kaimiiitis [Kalisspel] . See Giorda witliout avail, and two years ago he undertook (J.) totea(^h them in shorthand, experimenting first {Sir John). The origin upon a young Indian boy who learned the short- Lubbock | of single lesson civilisation and the primitive con- hand after a and began to help | | him teach the others. The work went on dition of man. Mental and social con- | slowly until last winter, when they began to be dition of savages. sir John | By | Lub- interested iu it all over the country, and since bock, Bart., P., F. R. S. author M. | then they have been learning it with eagerness [&c. two lines.] and tcachiug it to one another. |

Loudon : Longmans, Green, co. | and Lenox: This word following a title or within parentheses after a note indicates that a copy of 1870. I

the work referred to has been seen by the com- Half-title verso names of i)rinters 1 1. front- piler in the Lenox Library, New York City. ispiece 1 1. title verso blank 1 1. preface pp. v- viii, contents ix, list of illustrations xi- Lettre au Saint-Pere eu Langue Kalis- p. pp. xii,list of principal works quoted pp. xiii-xvi, pel, (Anglice Flathead.) text pp. 1-323, appendix pp. 32.5-.362. notes pp. In Societe Philologique, Actes, vol. 15, pp. 363-365, index pp. 367-380, four other plates, 8°. 110-112, Alen90n, 1877, 8°. (Bureau of Ethnol- A few words in the Niskwalli language, p. ogy, Pilling.) 288. Three versions, Latin, English, and Fvalispel, Copies seen : Astor, British Museum, Con- of letter a to the Pone. gress, Fames. Bfervard. : ;

42 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

Lubbock (J.) — Continued. Lubbock (J.) — Continued. (irigiii civilisation and tlie D.C.L. LL.D. President [&c. five The of | 'I I I primitive condition of lines.] Fourth edition, with numerous man. | Mental I I social condition savages. additions. and of | By | | sir .Jolin Lnbbock,Bart., P., S. London: Longmans, Green, and co. M. F. R. | autbor[&c. two lines.] 1882. I | I Half-title verso list of works " the same York : D. Appleton and com- by New | author" 1 1. frontispiece 1 1. title verso names 92 street. ! 1870. pany, ! 90, & 94 Grand of printers 1 1. preface pp. v-viii, contents pp. Half-title verso blank 1 1. frontispiece 1 1. title ix-xiii, illustrations pp. xv-xvi, list of the prin- verso blank 1 1. preface to the American edition cipal works quoted ])p. xvii-xx, text pp. 1-480, pp. iii-iv, preface pp. v-viii, contents p. ix, appendix pp. 481-524, notes pp. 525-533, index illustrations xi-xii, li.st of principal works pp. pp. 535-548, five other plates, 8°. quoted xiii-xvi. textjip. 1-323, appendix pp. pp. Linguistic contents as under titles above, p. 325-362, notes 363-365, 367-380, four pp. index pp. 427. other plates, 12°. Copies seen: Boston Athenffiuni. Eames, Linguisticcontents as under title next above. Harvard.

Copies seen : Harvard, Pilling. origin of civilisation and the The | I origin of civilisation the The | and I primitive condition of man | Mental I primitive condition of man. | Mental I social condition of savages and | By | social condition of savages. and | By | Sir John bart. P., F. R. Lubbock, | M. Sir Bart., F. R. John Lubhock, M. P., S. S., D. C. L., LL. D. author [&c. four I author [«S:c. two lines.] Second I | lines] Fifth Edition, with numerous I edition, with additions. | Additions j London: Longmans, Green, and co. | Longmans, Green, and co London | 1870. | I 1889 All rights reserved I Half-title verso names of printers 1 1. front- Half-title verso names of printers 1 1. frontis- ispiece 1 1. title ver.so blank 1 1. preface pp. v- piece 1 1. title verso blank 1 1. preface (February, viii, contents pp. ix-xiii, illustrations pp. xv- 1870) pp. vii-x, contents pp. xi-xvi. illustrations xvi, list of principal ^yorks quoted pp. xvii-xx, pp. xvii-xviii, list of princiiJ.al works quoted text pp. 1-367, appendix 369-409, notes pp. 411- pp. xix-xxiii, text pp. 1-486, appendix pj). 487- 413, index pp. 415-426, list of books 1 1. five other 529, notes pp. 531-539, index ])p. 541-554, list of plates, 8°. works by tlie same author verso blank 1 1. five Linguistic contents as under titles above, ]>. otlier plates, 8°. 327. Linguistic contents as under titles aljove, p. Copies seen: British Museum, Kames, Har- 432. vard. Co2)ics seen : Eames. origin of ciA^lisation and the The | Ernst). liter- (Hermann The | I Ludewig primitive condition of man. | Mental ature of American aboriginal lan- I I I social condition of savages. and | By guages. By Hermann E. Ludewig. | I I | sir John Lubbock, Bart., M. P., F. R. corrections With additions and | by S. vice-chancellor [&c. three lines.] professor Turner. Edited Wm. W. | by I Third edition, with numerous addi- Nicolas Triibner. I |

tions. : Triibner and co., Pater- London | 60, I noster row. MDCCCLVIII : [1858]. London Longmans, Green, co. I | and 1875. Half-title "Triibner's hibliotheca glottica I I " verso blank 1 1. title as above verso name of Half-title verso names of printer 1 1. frontii?- printer 1 1. preface pp. v-viii, contents verso piecel 1. title verso blank 1 1. preface pp. v-viii, 1(1 ank 1 1. (>ditor's advertisement pp. ix-xii, bio- contents pp. ix-xiii, illustrations pp. xv-xvi, graphical memoir pp. xiii-xiv, introductory list of Ihe princip.il works quoted pp. xvii-xx, bibliographical notices pp. xv-xxiv, text pp. 1- text pp. 1-463, appendix pp. 465-507, notes pp. 209, addenda pp. 210-246, index pp. 247-256, 509-514, index pp. 515 -528, five other plates, 8°. errata pp. 257-258,8°. Arranged alphabetically Linguistic contents as under titles above, p. by languages. Addenda by Wm. W. Turner 416. and Nicolas Triibner, pp. 210-246. seeyi : British Museum, Copies Eamea. Contains a listof grammars and vocabularies origin of civilisation and among others of the following peoples The | and the I Araeri

Sir John Lubbock, Bart. M. P. F. R. S. Kawitscben, p. 91 ; Squallaymish, p. 239. —

SALISirAN LANCJnAGES. 43

Ludewig (IT. E.) — Continned. Ludewig (11. E.) — CoutiuiKHl. Ethiii)lngreas, Copies seen ; Bureau of tries he jjracticed law as a profession, his bent Eames, Georgetown, Pilling. was the study of literary history, which was At the Fischer sale, no. 090, a copy brought 5s. evidenced by his Li vre des Ana. Essai de Cata- no. 6(i. ; at the Field sale, 1403, $2.63; at the logue Manuel, published at his own cost in 1837, Squiersale, no. 699, $2.02; another copy, no. 1906, and by his Bibliothekonomie, which appeared $2.38. Priced by Leclerc, 1878, no. 2075, 15 fr. a ftjw years later. The Pinart copy, no. 565, sohl for 25 fr., and "But even -while thus ensiaged he delighted the Murphy copy. no. 1540, for $2.50. in investigating the rise and progress of the land "Dr. Ludewig has himself so fully detailed of his subsequent adoption, and his researches the plan and purport of this work that little into the vexed question of the origin of theper>- more remains for mo to add beyoud the mere j)liug of America gained him the highest consid- statement of the origin of my connection with eration, on both sides of the Atlantic, as a man the publication .and the mention of such addi- of original and inquiring mind. Ho was a tions for which I am alone responsible, and contributor to Xaumann's Serapajuui; and which, during its progress through the press, amongst the chief of his contributions to that have gradually accumulated to about one-sixth journal may be mentioned those on 'American of the whole. Thi.sisbutanactof justice to the libraries,' on the 'Aids to American bibliog-

memory of Dr. Ludewig. because at the timeof raphy, ' and on the ' Book trade of the United his death, in December, 1856, no more than 172 States of America.' In 1846 appeared his Lit- pages were printed off, and these constitute the erature of American Local History, a work of onlj- portion of the work which liad the benefit much importance and which required no sm;ill of his valuable jiersoual and final revision. amount of l.aborand perseverance, owing to the "Similarity of pursuits led, during my stay necessity of consulting the many and widely in Xew York in 1855. to an intimacy with Dr. scattered materials, which had to be soughtout Ludewig, during which he mentioned that he, from apparently the most unlikely channels. like myself, had been making bibliographical "Tlie.se .studies formed a natural introduc- memoranda for years of all books which serve tion to the present work on The Literature of to illustrate the history of spoken language. American Aboriginal Languages, which occu- As a first section of a more extended work on pied his leisure concurrently with the others, the literary history of language generally, he and the printing of which was commenced in had prepared a bibliographical memoir of the August, 1856, but which he did not live to see

remains of aboriginal languages of America. launc-hed upon the world ; for at the date of his The niiinuscript had been deposited by him in death, on the 12th of December following, only the library of the Ethnological Society at New 172 pages were in type. It had been a labor of York, but at my reciuest he at once most kindly love with him for years; and, if ever author placed it at my di.sposal, stipulating only that were. mhu\l'alo{ the nonumj)rematur in annum, it should be printed in Europe, under my per- he was when hedeposited hismanuscriptinthe sonal superintendence. library of the American Ethnological Society, " Upon my return to England, I lost no time diffident hixnself as to its merits and value on a in carrying out the trust thus confided to me, subject of such paramount interest. He had intending then to confinemyself .simply to pro- satisfied himself that in due time the reward of ducing acorrect coijy of my friend's manuscript. his patient industry might be the production of But it soon became obvious that the transcript some more extended national work on the sub-

had been hastily made, and but for the valuable ject, and with this he was contented ; for it was assistance of literary friends, both in this a distinguishing feature in his chivracter, not- country and in America, the work would prob- withstanding his groat and varied knowledge ably have been al)andoned. Jly thanks are more and brilliant acquirements, to disregard his particularly duo to Mr. E. G. Squier, and to own toil, even amounting to drudgery if need- Prof. William W. Turner, of "Washington, by ful, if he could in any way assist the promul- whoso considerate and valuable cooperation gation of literature and science. many difficulties were cleared away and my edi- " Dr. Ludewig was a corresponding member torial labors greatly lightened. This encouraged of many of the most distinguished European me to spare neither personal Labor nor expense and American literary societies, and few men in the atteni])t to render the work as perfect as were held in greater consideration by scholars possible, with what success must be left to bothin Americaand Germany, as will readily bo the judgment of those who can fairly appreciate acknowledged should his voluminous corre- the labors of a pioneer in any new field of lit- spondence ever see the light. In private life he erary research." Editor's advertisement. was distinguished by the best ([ualities which "Dr. Ludewig. though but little known in endear a man's memory to those who survive

this country [England], was held in consider- him ; he was a kind and affectionate husband al)leesteem as a jurist, both in Germany .and the and a sincere friend. Always accessible and United States of America. Born at Dresden in ever ready to aid and counsel those who applied 1809, with but little exception he continued to to him for advice ujion matters pertaining to reside in his n.ative city until 1844, wlien liet-mi- literal lire, his loss will long be felt by a most gi-ated to America; but, though in liotli conn- extended <'inle of friends, and in him Germany — : ;

44 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

LudeTwig (H. E.) — Continued. Lummi

I Geographic names See Gibbs (G.) nionrns one of the best represeutatives of her Lord's prayer Youth's. learned men in America, a genuine type of a class Numerals Eells (M.) in which, with singular felicity, with genius Vocabulary Gibbs (G.) order is combined a painstaking of the highest Vocabulary Piuart (A.L.) perseverance seldom met with and plodding but Vocabulary Roehrig (F.L. O.) beyond the confines of the Patherlaml." Bio- Words Bancroft (H.H.) grapliic memoir. Words Youth's.

(Samuel R.) [Words, phrases, Mackenzie (»Sir Alexander). Voyages McCaw | Montreal, the river St. sentences, and graminatic material from | on I Laurence, through the continent of relating to the Puyallui> language.] | | America, to the Manuscript, pp. 77-228, and 4 unnumbered North | | Frozen and 4^^. Bureau of Pacific oceans; In the Years 1789 and leaves, In the library of the | Ethnology. Recorded in a copy of Powell's 1793. a preliminary account of With | I to the study of Indian languages, Introduction the rise, jirogress, and present state of second edition. Collected in Pierce county, the fur trade of that country. Illus- | | Washington, during 1886. I tx-ated with maps. By Alexander While but few of the schedules given in the | are completely filled, nearly all of them Mackenzie, esq. work | at the end con- are partly so. The four leaves London : printed for T. Cadell, jun. | tain verbal conjugations. and W. Davies, Strand; Cobbett and Morgan, Pall-mall; and Creech, at Macdonald (Duncan George Forbes). | W. Noble, Old-Bailey. Vancouver's Edinburgh. | By R. and | British Columbia | M.DCCC.I [1801]. comprising a description of I island | | Half-title verso blank 1 1. portrait 1 1. title these dependencies: their physical | verso blank 1 1. dedication A-erso blank 1 1. character, climate, capabilities, popu- preface pp. iii-viii, general history of the fur

trade, natural history, geology, 1. lation, 1 trade etc. pp. i-cxxxii, text pp. 1-412, errata 1 ethnology, gold fields, and future pros- 3 maps, 4°. pects also An Account of the Man- Vocabulary of the Atnah or Carrier Indians I I (25 words), pp. 257-258.—Vocabulary of the ners and Customs of the Native Indians Indians of Friendly Village (25 words), p. 376. by Duncan George Forbes Macdon- I I Copies seen .- Astor, Bancroft, Boston Athe- ald, C. E. (Late of the Government nteum, British Museum, Congress, Dunbar, I Survey Staif of British Columbia, and Eames, Geological Survey, Harvard, Trumbull, Line of Watkinson. the International Boundary | Nuggets, no. 1775, priced copy 10«. North America) Author of 'What the Stevens's a Gd. At the Pischer sale, no. 1006, it. brought 5s. the Land' 'The Farmers may do with | another copy, no. 2532, 2s. 6rf. ; at the Field sale, Paris Exhibition' 'Decimal Coinage' no. 1447, .$2.38; at the Squier sale, no. 709, $1.62; &c. With a comprehensive map. at the Murphy sale, no. 1548, $2.25. Priced by I | Longman, Green, Longman, Quaritch, no. 12206, 7s. Gd.-. no. 28953, a half- London | russia copy, 11.; Clarke & co. 1886, no. 4049. Roberts, Green 1862. & | 11. Gd. $5.50 ; Stevens, 1887, priced a copy 7«. Half-title verso name of printer 1 1. title from Montreal, on the Voyages | | ( verso blank 1 1. lu-eface pp. v-vii. contents pp. conti- ix-siii, text pp. 1-442, appendices pp. 445-524, river St. Laurence, through the| 8°. the Frozen America, | to map, nent of North | Proper names of thirteen members of the Pacific oceans: in the years 1789 and | Songish tribe, 164-165. pp. 1793. With a preliminary account and | Coiiies seen .- British Museum, Congress. of the rise, progress, and present state Sabin's Dictionary, no. 48149, mentions ; Sec- I 8°. trade of that country. edition, London, Longmans, 1863, of the fur | | ond I | Alexander Ilhistrated with a map. | By McEvoy (J.) See Dawson (G. M.) esq. First American edi- Mackenzie, | tion. Mackay (J. W.) See Dawson (G. M.) I . :

SALISHAN LANGUAGES. 45

Mackenzie (A.) — Coutiuued. Mackenzie (A.) — Continued. New- York: Printed aud | Sold by G. Alexander Mackenzie's Esq. Reisen | F. Hopkins, at Wasliiogtou's Head, No. von Montreal durch Nordwestame- I I

118, Peaii-street. | 1802. rika nach | dem Eismeer Siid- | undder Title verso blauk 1 1. dedication verso blank See in den Jahren 1789 und 1793. I | 1 1, preface to the Loudon edition v-viii, i)p. text Nebst einer Geschichto des Pelzhan- (General history of the fur trade) pp. 1-94, I dels in Canada. | Aus dem Englischeu. (Journal of a voyage) pp. 1-296, map, S''. Mit einer allgemeineu Karte und Linguistic contents as under title next above, I dem pp. 186, 271 (second pagination) Bild- uisse des Verfa.ssers. I | Copies seen: Astor, Boston Athou;euui. Berlin und Hamburg. 1802. | Voyages from Mouti'eal, the Pp. i-x, 11^08, map, 8^. | | | ou Linguistic contents as under titles above, river St. Laurence, I tlie through | conti- pp. 36.5, 480. nent of North America, |to the Frozen | Copies seen : British Museum. and Pacihc oceans in the years 1789 ; | Voyages from Montreal, | | the and 1793. With a preliminary account | on | river St. Laurence, througli | conti- of the rise, progress, and present state the j I nent of North America, j to the Frozen of the fur trade of that country. I | I I and Pacific oceans In the Years 1789 Illustrated with a general ; | | map of I and 1793. With a preliminary the country. sir | account | By Alexander Mac- of the rise, progress, and present state kenzie. I I of the fur trade ( of that | country. Philadelphia: published by John | | Morgan. Carr, printer. 1802. With original notes by BougaiKville, R. | | aud Volney, Members of 2 vols, in one: half-title verso blauk 1 I. title | the French

verso blank 1 1. dedication verao blank 1 1. pref- senate. Illustrated | with maps. | By

ace i-viii, ; pp. text pp. i-exxvi, 1-113 115-392, Alexander Mackenzie, esq. Vol. | map, 8°. I[-II]. Linguistic contents as in the London edition I Loudon: printed for T. Cadell, jun. of 1801 titled above, pp. cxiii-cxxvi, 2-16. | and W. Davies, Strand Cobbett | and Copies seen: Geological Survey, Harvard. ; Some copies have on the title-page the words Morgan, Pall-mall; and W. Creech, at | "Illustrated with a general map of the country Edinburgh. | By R. Noble, Old-bailey. | and a portrait of the author." (*) M. DCCC. II [1802]. At the Field sale, a copy, no. 1448, brought 2 vols, in one; half-title verso blank 1 1. title $2.62. verso blank 1 1. dedication verso blank 1 1. pref- Voyages D'Alex. '*'"''' Mackenzie;! I ace pp. vii-xiv, text pp. 1-284, contents pp. 285- dans I'int^rieur de | | I'Americiue Sep- 290; half-title verso blank 1 1. title (varying tentrionale, Faits en 1792 somewhat in | 1789, et punctuation from that of vol. 1) 1793; Le !.«•, de Montreal au fortChi- verso blank 1 1. text pp. 5-310 (wrongly num- I bered 210), notes 311-312, appendix 313- piouyan et a la mer Glaciale 2.™% pp. pp. | Le ; 325, contents pp. 326-332, maps, 8°. du fort Chipiouyan jusij^u'aux bords do Linguistic contents as in the first edition, I'Ocean paciti(|ue. Precedes d'un Ta- | | titled above, vol. 2, pp. 148-149, 273. bleau historique et politique sur le | Copies seen : Congress, Geological Survey, commerce des pelleteries, dans le Ca- Harvard. Clarke & co., 1886, priced a copy, no. 4050, at nada. Traduits de 1' Anglais, J. | Par I $3.50. Cast^ra, Avec des Notes et Itine- | un Voyages Montreal, | from the | on raire, tires en partie des papiers du | | river vice-amiral Bougainville. St. Laurence, [through the|conti- | Tome Pre- nent of North-America, ] to the Frozen mier[-III]. | |

and Pacific oceans : in the years 1789 Paris, Dentu, Imprimeur-Libraire, | I and 1793. Preliminary Account Palais du Tribunal, galeries do bois, | With a | of the rise, progress, and present state n." 240. An X.— 1802. I I of the fur trade of that country. 8°. | 3 vols, maps, I | Linguistic contents as in the tirst edition Illustrated a with map. | By Alexander titled above, vol. 3, p. 20, 277. Mackenzie, es([. American edi- | Third

Cnpies seen : Astor, Congress. tion. At the Fischer sale, no. 2533, a copy brought I New -York: published by Evert Is. Priced by Gagnou, Quebec, 1888, $3. | bor)kseller. Nichols, For title of au extract from this edition see Duyckinck, [ Lewis under date of 1807 below. printer. 1803. | — ;

46 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

Mackenzie (A.) — Coutinued. Mallet : This word following a title or within parentheses after a note indicates that a copy Title verso blauk 1 1. dedication verso blank of the work referred to has been seen by the 1 1. preface pp. v-viii, text pp. 9-4.'}7, 16^. Linguistic contents as in previous editions compiler in the library of l^Iajor Edmond Mallet, Washington, titled above, pp. 314, i09. D.C. Copies seen: Congress. Marietti (Pietro), editor. Oratio Domi- historique et politique Tableau | | nica in CCL. lingvas versa et clxxx. | pellcteiies dans le dn commerce des | charactervm formis ; vel nostratibvs vel depuis 1608 usqu'a nos jours. Canada, \ j peregrinis cxpressa cvraute Petro | | Contenaut beaucoup de details sur I Marietti Eqvite Pontificio \ Typographo vages qui I'liabitent, las nations sau- | Socio Administro | Typographei S. | coutrces qui sont I et sur les vastes y | Consilii de Propaganda Fide [Print- Avec ua Yocabulaire de la | contigues; | er's device] | langue de plusieurs peuples de ces |

Romae | AnuoM. DCCC. LXX [1870]. contr6es. Alexandre Mac- vastes | Par Half-title 1 1. title 1 1. dedication 3 11. pp. xi- kenzie. Traduit de I'Anglais, par J. I | xxvii, 1-319, indexes 4 11. 4°. Castera.l Orue du portrait de I'auteur. Includes 59 versions Lord's iu | of the praj'er Paris, Dentu, Imprim.-Lib.'''',rue du various American dialects, among theui the I Oreg'onice, which or may not be Salishan, Pout-de-Lody, n.» 3. M. D. CCC. VII may | p. 303. I have had no recent opportunity to [1807]. investigate the matter. Half-title 1 1. title verso blank 1 1. text pp. 1- Copies seen: Trumbull. 310, table des mati^res 1 unuumbored paj;e, 8=. An extract from vol. 1 of the Paris edition of Massachusetts Historical Society: These worda 18U2, titled above. following a title or within parentheses after a Linguistic contents as in previous editions, note indicate that a copy of the work referred titled above, pp. 304-310. to has been seen by the compiler in the library

Copies seen : Congress. of that society, Boston, Mass. Leclerc, 1867, sold a copy, no. 920, for 4 fr. priced by him, 1878, no. 756, 20 fr. Maximilian (Alexander Philipp) Prinz von Wied-Xeuwied. Reise iu das iu- Montreal, tlie | | Voyages | from | | on nereNord-America iudeu Jahreu 1832 conti- | river St. Laurence, | through the \ bis 1831 Maximilian Prinz zu von | to the Frozen I nent of North America, j I Wied. Mit 48 Kupfern, 33 Vignetteu, oceans; in the years 1789 I and Pacific | 1793. With a x>relimiuary account vielen Holzsclinitten uud einer Charto. and ] Erster[-Zweiter] Band. of the rise, progress, and present state I | I Coblenz, [-1841], Bei J. fur trade "f that country. 1839 | Ha4- of the | I I | Illustrated with maps and a portrait of scher. 2 vols.: title verso blank 1 1. dedication 1 1. author. sir Alexander the | My Mac- half-title verso blauk 1 1. Yorwort pp. vii-xiv, kenzie. Vol.I[-II]. I I Inhaltpp. xv-xvi, half-title verso blank 1 1. te.xt New-York: published by W. B. Gil- | pp. 3-030, Auhang pp. 631-653, errata p. 654, colo-

ley. 1814. phon verso blank 1 1. ; title verso blank 1 1. half- I 2 vols.: 3 p. 11. pp. i-viii, i-cxxvi, 1-113; 11. title verso blank 1 1. list of subscribers pp. v-xvi, pp. 115-392, 8°. luhalt pp. xvii-xix, list of plates pp. xx-xxii, Linguistic contents as under previous titles, errata 1 1. text pp. 1-425, Anhang pp. 427-687, 4°. folio. vol. 1, pp. 247, 358-359. colophon p. [688], Atlas in

Copies seen : Congress. Einigo "Worts (25) der Elatheads in den Sir Alexander Mackenzie, explorer, born in Kocky Mountains, vol. 2, pp. 501-502.

Inverness, Scotland, about 1755, died in Dal- Coynes seen : A stor, Congress, Eames. housie, Scotland, March 12, 1820. In bis you^th At the Field sale, no. 1512, a copy of this ho emigrated to Canada. In June, 1789, he set edition, together with one of the London, 1843 out on his expedition. At the western end of edition, brought $40.50. Great Slave Lake he entered a river, to which

I'intdrieur | de | dans Voyage | he gave bis name, and explored it until July 12, Nord, ex6cut

~~SALISHAN LANGUAGES. 47~~

Maximilian (A. P.) — Coutinued. Mengarini (G.) — Continued. plus habiles artistes de Paris et de Vocabulary of the Skoylpeli. Londres. |Tome premier[-troisieme]. In Powell (J. W.), Contributions to N. A. | Paris, cliez Arthus Bertrand, <5di- Ethnology, vol. 1, pp. 253-265, Washington.lSTT, I 4°. teur, libraire de la Societe de geo- I Contains 180 words, those called for on one grapLio de Paris etde la Societe roy ale | of the Smithsonian blank forms. antiquaires uord, des du | rne Haute- Vocabulary of the S'chitzui or Cceur feuille, 25. [-18-13]. | 1840 d'Alene, and of the Selish proijer or 3 vols. 8°. Flathead. Notice aiir les laugues tie differentes nations In Powell (.1. W.), Contributions to N. A. au noril-ouest de 1' Amerique, vol. 3. pp. 373-398, Ethnology, vol. 1, 270-282, Washington, 1877. contains a vocabulary of 19 words of the 23 pp. 4°. different languages treated in tlio German edi- Contain 180 words each, those called for on tion, pp. 379-382. Tlie Flathead occupies lines one of the Smithsonian blank forms. no. 8. —De la langue des signes en nsage chez les Indiens, pp. 389-398. See Gibbs (G.)

Copies seen : Congress. See Giorda (J.) The English edition, London, 18i3, 4°, contains no Salishan linguistics. (Astor, Boston Montgomerie (Lieut. John Eglintou) and Athenieum, Congress, Leuox,"Watkinson.) Horsey (A. F. R.) few De A | words | Alexander Philipp Maximilian, Prince of collected from the languages | | spoken Neuwitd, German naturalist, born in Neuwied by the Indians in the neighbourhood | Sept. 23, 1782, died there, Feb. 3, 1867. In 1815, of the Columbia River & Puget's after attaining the rank of major-general in the I Prussian army, he devoted nearly three years Sound. By John E. Montgomerie, I to explorations in Brazil. In 1833 he traveled Lieutenant R. N. and | Algernon F. R. through the United States, giving especial De Horsey, Lieutenant R. R. attention to ethnological investigations con [ Loudon : printed | by George R. Odell, cerning the Indian tribes. Appleton's Cyclop. Am. Biog. 18 Princess-8treet,Cavendi8h-square. of | 1848. Meiigarini {Bev. Gregory). A | Selisli or Title verso blank 1 1. introduction pp. iii-iv, Flat-head grammar. the rev. | By | 12°. | text pp. 5-30, Gregory Meugariui, Vocabulary of | of the Society of the Chinook, Clikitat, Cascade Jesus. [Design.] and Squally languages, pp. 1-23. —Numer.als in I | Squally, 24.—Chinook York: press. 1861. p. jn-oper and Chehalis New | Cramoisy | numbers, p. 24. —Names of places, pp. 25-28. title: liuguis Second Gramwatica | Selicae. | Copies seen: British Museum, Sir Thomas Auctore P. Gregorio Mengarini, Soc. Jean. | I | Phillips, Cheltenham, England.

Neo-Eboraci. | 1861. Half-title (Library of American linguistics, Morgan (Lewis Henry). Smithsonian II) verso blank 1 1. English title verso blank 1 Contributions to Knowledge. 218 | | 1. Latin title verso blank 1 1. procemium pp.vii- of consanguinity Systems | | and affin- viii, text in Selish and Latin pp. 1-122, 8°. ity of the [ human familj'. | By Pars prima Grauimatica linguie Selicis, pp. I | Lewis H. Morgan. 1-62. —Pars secunde, Dilucidationes in rudi- | menta, pp. 62-78.—Pars tertia. Introductio ad Washington city: published by the | syntaxin, pp. 79-116. —Appendix, ])p. 117-121. Smithsonian institution. 1871. |

Oratio dominicales, with interlinear Latin Colophon: Published by the Smithsonian in- translation, pp. 122. stitution, "Washington city, 1870. | June, I Copies seen : Astor, Boston Athenajum, Brit- Title on cover as above, inside title differing ish Museum. Congress, Dunbar, Eames, Lenox, from above in imprint verso blank 1 1. adver- Wellesley. tisement p. iii, preface pp. v-ix verso blank, Indians of Oregon, etc. (Note from contents pp. xi-xii, text pp. 1-583, index pp. 585-590, 14 plates, 4°. Kev. Gregory Mengarini, S. J., Vice- Also forms vol. 17 of Smithsonian Contribu- President of the College of Santa tions to Knowledge. Such issues have no cover ClaiM, California. Communicated by title, but the general title of the series and 6

~~Geo. Gibbs, esq.) other prel. 11. preceding the inside title. In Anthropological Inst, of New Tork Jour, The Salish Nations (pp. 244-249) is a general~~

vol. 1, pp. 81-88, New York, 1871-1872, 8°. (Con- discussion of "the Salish stock language, gress.) spoken in the seventeen dialects above enumer- Numerals 1-10 of the Flathead and of the ated" and contains many examples from Gibbs' "South Indians," p. 83.—A number of Salishan manuscripts, pp. 245-246, and Mengarini's terms passim. Selish Grammar, pp. 246-249. : :

~~48 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE~~

Morgan (L. H.) — Continued. Morning and evening prayer .... Terms of relationsliip used by the Okinakeii, Neklakapamuk. See Good (J. B.) collected by Mr. Morgan at Eed Elver Settle- (Friedrich). Grundriss der from an Okinaken woman, lines Miiller | ment, 70, pp. | 293-382. Spracbwissenschaft von D"". Fried- | | G-ibbs (G.), Terms of relationship used by rich Miiller Profes.sor[&c. three lines.] the Spokane, lines 69, pp. 293-382. I. I. Ahtheilnng. Einleitung Band | | I Goinessecn ; Astor, British Museum, Bureau in die Sprachwi,ssenschaft[-IV. Band, of Ethnology, Congress, Eames, Pilling, Trum-

I. AbtheiJung. ' Nachtriige ziim Grund- bull. I At the Squier sale, no. 889, a copy sold for $5.50. riss aus 1877-1887]. den Jahren | | Quaritch, no. 12425,* priced a copy Al. 1876 [-1888]. Alfred Holder K. Wien | I

Lewis H . Morgan was born in Aurora, Cayuga K. Universitiits-Buchhiindler. Roth- | County, N.T., Kovember 21, 1818. He was grad- enthurmstrasse 15. uated by Union College, Schenectady, in the 4 vols. (vol. 1 in 2 parts, vol. 2 originally in 4 class of 1840. Returning from college to Aurora, divisions, vol. 3 originally in 4 divisions, vol. 4 Mr. Morgan joined a secret society composed of part 1 all published), each part and division the j'oung men of the village and known as the with an outside title and two inside titles, 8°. Grand Order of the Iroquois. This had a great influence upon his future career and studies. Vol. 2, part 1, which includes the American The order was instituted for sport and amuse- languages, was originally issued in two divi- ment, but its organization was modeled on the sions, each with the following special title governmental .system of the Six Ifations; and, schlichthaarigen der | Die Sprachen | Rassen chiefly under Mr. Morgan's direction and lead- Miiller Professor von D^ Friedrich | [&c. ership, the objects of the order were extended, I I I. der eightlines.] | Abthoilung. | Die Sprachen if not entirely changed, and its purposes

~~australischen, der hyperboreischen | und der improved. To become better acquainted with amerikanisohen Rasse [«ic]. the social polity of the Indians, young Morgan |~~

1879[-1882]. | Alfred Wien Holder | S. K. visited the aborigines remaining in New York, Universitats-Buchhiindler Hof- und | Rothen- a mere remnant, but yet retaining to a great thurmstrasse 15. extent their ancient laws and customs ; and he Title verso ''alle Rechte vorbehalten" 1 1. went so far as to be adopted as a member by the dedication verso blank 1 1. Voirede pp. vii-viii, Senecas. Before the council of the order, in Inhalt pp. i.x-x, text pp. 1-440, 8°. the years 1844. 1845, and 1846, he read a series of papers on the Iroquois, which were published Die Sprache der Tsihaili-Selisch, vol. 2, part 1, division 243. vjiAeT: fhenomde plume of "Skeuandoah." Mr. 2, p.

~~Morgan died in Rochester, N. Y., December 17, Copies seen : Astor. British Museum, Bureau 1881. of Ethnology, Eames, Watkinson.~~

Nanaimoo. See Snanaimuk. Netlakapamuk — Continued. National Museum: Tlicse words following a title Graiuuiatic tieatise Good (J. B.) or within pareutlieses after a note indicate that Hymn-book Le Jeune (J. M. R.) a copy of the work referred to has been seen Hymns Good (J. B.) by the compiler in the library of that institu- Hymns Le Jeune (J.M. R.) tion, Washington, D. C. Litany Good (J. B.) Lord's Bancroft (H. H.) Nchaumen In kaeks-auaum [Kalispel]. i^rayor Lord's prayer Good (J. B.) See Canestrelli (P.) Lord's ])rayer Youth's. Nehelim: Numerals Good (J. B.) Texts See Boas (F.) Prayer book Good (J. B.) Vocabulary Boas (F.) Prayer book Le Jeune (J. M. R.) Neklakapamuk. See Netlakapamuk. Prayers Good (J. B.)

Prayers Le Jeune (J . M. R.) Nelh te skoal wtz Jesu-kri [Lilowat]. Primer Le Jeune (J.M. R.) See Le Jeune (J.M. R.) Ten commandments Good (J.B.) Netlakapamuk Text Good (J.B.) Catecliism See Le Jeuno (J. M. R.) Text Le Jeune (J. M. R.) General discussion Bancroft (H. H.) Vocabulary Boas (F.) Grammatic treatise Bancroft (H. H.) Words Bnlmer (T. §,) : : : : :

~~SALISHAN LANGUAGES. 49~~

Nicoll (Edward Hollaud). Tho Cliinook Nuksahk: language or Jargon. Vocabulary See Gatschet (A. S.) Vocabulary Gibbs (G.) In Popular Science Monthly, vol. 35, pp. 257- Vocabulary Roehrig (F.L.O.) 261, New York, 1889, 8=. (Bureau of Ethnology, Pilling.) Nukwalimuk Origin of the Chinook Jargon, including Gentea See Boas (F.) •word.'i from a number of sources, among them Numerals tho Chehalis, pp. 257-259. Bilkula ScoBoas (F.) Nicoutemuch. See Nikutamuk. Bilkula Latham (R. G.) Bilkula Scouler (J Nikutamuk ) Bilkula Tolmie (W. F.) Xumerals SeeEells (M.) Chehalis Eells (M.) Vocabulary Gibbs (G.) Chehalis Montgomerie (J. E.) Vocabulary Powell (J. AV.) Chehalis Swan (J. G.) Niskwalli Kalispel Eells (M.) Dictionary See Gibbs (G.) Kawichen Eells (M.)

Dictionary Powell (J.W.) Kawichen Scouler (.J.) General discussion Featherman (A.) Kawichen Tolmie (W. F.) General discussion Halo(H.) Klallam Eells (M.) General discussion Tohnie (W. F.) and Klallam Grant (W.C.) Dawson (G. M.) Klallam Scouler (J.) Geographic names Coones (S. F.) Klallam Tolmie (W. F.) Geographic names Eells (M.) Koinuk Brinton (D. G.) Geographic names "Wickersham (J.) Komuk Eells (M.) Grammatic treatise Bulmer (T.S.) Kwantlen Eells (M.) Grammatio treatise Eells (M.) Kwinaiutl Eells (M.) Hymns Bulmer (T.S.) Lilowat Eells (M.) Hymns Eells (M.) Lummi Eells (M.) Lord's prayer Bnlmor(T.S.) Netlakapamuk Good (J. B.) Lord's prayer Youth's. Nikutamuk Eells ;M.) Numerals Eells (M.) Niskwalli Eells (M.) Numerals Gibbs (G.) Niskwalli Gibbs (G.) Numerals Montgomerie (.1. E.) Niskwalli Montgomerie (J. E.) Numerals Scouler (J.) Niskwalli Scouler (J.) Vocabulary Campbell (J.) Niskwalli Tolmie (W. F.) Vocabulary Canadian. Okinagau Boas (F.) Vocabulary Eells ;M.) Okinagan Scouler (J.) Vocabulary Gallatin (A.) Okinagau Tolmie (J.) Vocabulary Hale (H.) Piskwau Eells (M.) Vocabulary Latham (R. G.) Salish Bulmer (T. S.) Vocabulary Montgomerie (J.E.) Salish Eells (M.) Vocabulary Pinart(A.L.) Salish Gibbs (G.) Vocabulary Salish. Salish Hoffman (W.J.) Vocabulary Scouler (J.) Salish Mengarini (G.) Vocabulary Tolmie(W.F.) Salisli Salish. Vocabulary Tolmie (W. F.) and Shiwapmuk Eells (M.) Dawson (G.M.) Shuswap Dawson (G. M.) Vocabulary Wickersham (J.) Shuswap Eells (M.) Vocabulary Wilson (E. F.) Skagit Eells (M.) Words Bancroft (H. H.) Sldtsuisli Eells (M.) "Words Bulmer (T. S.) Skokomish Eells (M.) Vords Buschmann (J. C. E.) Skoyelpi Chamberlain (A. F.) Words Chamberlain (A. F.) Skoyelpi Eells (M.) "Words Daa (L. K.) Snanaimuk Eells (M.) Words Gibbs (G.) Songish Eells (M.) Words Latham (R. G.) Spokan Eells (M.) Words Lubbock (J.) Tait Eells (M.) Words Pott (A. F.) Twana Eells (M.) Words Youth's. Nusdalum. See Klallam

~~Nisqualli. See Niskwalli. Nuskiletemh. See Nukwalimuk. Nooksahk. See Nuksahk. Nusulph Noosdalum. See Klallam. Vocabulary See Gibbs (G.) Nsietshawus. See Tilamuk. Vocabulary Roehrig (F.L.O.)~~

~~SAL 4: : :~~

~~50 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE~~

~~Office for public baptism . . . Nekla- Okinagan — Coutiuued. Icapamuk. See Good (J. B.) Texts Boas (F.) Vocabulary Boas (F.)~~

Office for the holy cominimion . . . Vocabulary Gibbs (G.) Neklakapamuk. See Good (J. B.) Vocabulary Howse (J.) Vocabulary Latham (R. G.) Okinagan Vocabulary Powell (J. AV.) Grammatic treatise See Boas

[Palladine (Rev. L.)J Promissiones Petitot (fi. F. S. J.) — Continued. Domini Nostri Jesu Christi factae B. de I'c^cole des laugues orientales vi- Alacoc^ue. kaekolinzuten A'antes etdes Societdsasiatiquesde Cal- Marg. M. | T Jesus Christ zogshlts lu pagpagt cutta, deNew-Haven (Etats-Unis), de | I I'shei (Chine) rue Bonaparte, Marie neu Shanghai | 28, Margarite Ahicoiiue | m'ageists lu potenzutis lu spoosz 28 1876 | I

~~Jesus Christ. Cover title as above, half-title verso name of~~

~~Colophon : P. A. Kemper, Dayt~~

~~SALISHAN LANGUAGES. 51~~

Petitot (15. F. S. J.) — Continued. Pinart ( Alphouse L. ) Vocabulary of the Northwest, wlierebe was continuously engagetl Atnah language. (*) in missionary work among tlie Indians and Manuscript, 90 pages folio; in possession of Eskimos until 1874, when he returned to Franco its author. Russian and Atnah; collected at to supervise the publication of some of his Kadiak in 1872. Whether it is Athapascan or works on linguistics and goograjjliy. In 1876 Salishan I do not know probably the latter. ; he returned to the missions and spent another Some years ago, in response to my request, period of nearlj' six years in the Northwest. In Mr. Pinart furnished me with a rough listof the 1882 he once more returned to his native linguistic manuscripts in his possession, col- country, where lie has since roaiained. In 1886 lected by liiuiself, embracing vocaljularies, he was appointed to the curacy of Mareuil, texts andsongs. Circumstancesprevented hira near Meaux, which he still retains. The many from giviugmo detailed descriptions of thisma-. inliospitablc. years he spent in tlie Northwest torial, which embraced the following Salishan eventful ones afforded an were busy and and languages: Comux, Nanaimo, I'.elahoola, Co wit- for geographic, linguistic, and opportunity chin, Shushwap (several diixleots), Clallam, observations studios as ethncdogic and such Lummi, Kwinault (two dialects), Chehalis, luive en,joyed. was the first missionary few He Niskwali, Si)okan, Creur d'Alene, Pend to visit Great Bear Lake, which he did for tlie d'Oreille, and Kalispel. first time in 1806. He went on foot from Good Hope to Providence twice and made many tours Piskwau in winter of forty or fifty days' length on snow- Geneial diticussion See Hale (H.) shoes. He was the first missionary to the Numerals Eells (M.) Eskimos of the Northwest, having visited them Vocabulary Gallatin (A.) in 1865, at the mouth of tlio Anderson, likewise Vocabulary Gibbs (G.) in 1868 at the mouth of the Mackenzie, and in Vocabulary Hale (H.) 1870 and again in 1877 at Fort McPherson on Vocabulary Latham (R. G.) Peel River. In 1870 his travels extended into Vocabulary Powell (J. TV.) Alaska. In 1878 an attack of blood-spitting Vocabulary Roehrig (F. L. <).) •aused him to return south. He went on foot to "Words Bancroft (H.H.) Athabaska, whence he passed to the Saskatcli- Words Gallatin (A.) ewan in a bark. In 1879 he established the Words Hale (H.) mission of St. Raiihael, at Angling Lake, for Pisquous. vSee Pisk^^rau. Chippewayans of that region, where he the (Julius). Verzeichniss einer Platzmann | remaiued until his final departure for France amerikanischer Auswahl | Grainma- in January, 1882. I tiken, Worterbiicher, Katechismeu | For an account of his linguistic work among |

s. \v. | Algonquian, u. Gesammelt von | Julius the Eskimauan, and Athapascan I see the bibliographies of these families. Platzmann. | Leipzig, 1876. K. F. Kilhler's Anti- Pilling: This word following a title or within | Poststrasse 17. parentheses after a note indicates that a copy of quarium, | the work referred to is in the possession of the Cover title as above, title as above verso

~~compiler of this bibliography. blank 1 1. dedication verso blanlc 1 1. quotation~~

from Rouquette verso blank 1 1. text (alphabet- Pilling (James Coustantine). Smithsou- ically arraTjged by family names) pp. 1-38, 8°. ian institution —Bureau of ethnology works in Clallam, 12; in Selish, | List of p. pp. director |Proof-slieets of 36-37. J. W. Powell | Ijibliugraphy of the languages Copies seen: Congress, Fames, Pilling, Trum- a | | I | bull, Wellesley. of the North American Indians by | I | Ponderay. See Kalispel. James Coustantine Pilling (Distrib- | uted only to collaborators) Pott (August Friedrich). Doppeluug | | (Reduplikation, Gemination) als Washington Government printing | | | office 1885 eines der wichtigsten Bilduugsmittel I

~~beleuchtet | Title verso blank 1 1. notice signed J. W". der Sprache, | aus Spracheu~~

Powell iii, preface v-viii, introduction aller Welttheilo durch Aug. Friodr. p. pp. pp. | | ix-x, list of authorities pp. xi-xxxvi, list of Pott, Dr. Prof, der Allgemeinen I libraries referred to by initials pp. xxxvii- 8prachwiss. an der Univ. zu Halle [&c. xxxviii, list of fac-similes pp. xsxix-sl, text two lines.] pp. l-8:i9, additions and corrections pp. 841-1090, | Detmold, im Verlage index of languages and dialects pp. 1091-1135, Lemgo & ( der plates, 4°. Meyer'schen Hofbuchhandlung 1862. Arranged alphabetically by name of author, Cover title as above, title as above verso quo-

translator, or first word of title. One hundred tation 1 1. preface pp.iii-iv, contents pp. v-vi, and ten copies printed, ten of them on one side text pp. 1-304, list of books on verao of back of the sheet only. cover, 8°. : : )

~~62 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE~~

~~Pott (A. F.) — CoutLuued. Powell (J. W. ) — Continued.~~

~~Contains examples of reduplication in many 7 vols. 4°. Vol. 1, 1877 ; vol. II (parts 1 and 2), !Jfortli American languages, among them the 1890; vol. Ill, 1877; vol. IV, 1881; vol. V, 1882;~~

~~Flathead, pp. 42,00,62,90; Nsietschaw, pp.54, vol. VI, 1890 ; vol. VII, 1890.~~

~~62 ; Selish, pp. 183, 184 ; Skitsuish, p. 42 ; Skwale, Gribbs (G.), Vocabulary of tlie Shihwapmukh,~~

~~p. 42. vol. 1, pp. 252-265.~~

Copies seen: Astor, British Museum, Eames. Vocabularj' of the Nikutemukh, vol. 1, Einleitung iu die allgemeiue Sprach- pp. 252-265. Vocabulary of the Okinaken, vol. 1, pp. wisseiischaft. 252-265. In Internationale Zeitschrift f iir allgemeine Vocabulary of the Shwoyelpi, vol. 1, pp. Sprachwissenschaft.vol. 1-68, 329-354, vol. 1, pp. 252-265. 2, pp. 54-115. 209-251, vol. 3, pp. 110-126, 249-275, Vocabulary of the Spokaii, vol. 1, pp. 252- Supp. pp. 1-193, vol. 4, pp. 07-96, vol. 5, pp. 3-18, 265. Leipzig, 1884-1887, and Heilhronn, 1889, large 8°. Vocabulary of the Piskwaus, vol. 1, pp. The literature of American liuguistica, vol. 4, 252-265. pp. 07-96. This portion was published after Mr. Vocabulary of the Kalispelm, vol. 1, pp. Pott'a death, which occurred July 5, 1887. The 270-283. general editor of the Zeitschrift, Mr. Techmer, Vocabulary of the Bilhoola, vol. 1, pp. 270- atates in a note that Pott's paper is continued 283. from the manuscripts which ho left and that it Vocabulary of the Lilowat, vol. 1, pp. 270- ia to close with the languages of Australia. In 233. the section of American linguistics publica- Vocabulary of the Tait, pp. 270-283 tions in all the more important stocks of North Vocabulary of the Komookha, vol. 1, pp. America are mentioned, with brief characteri- 270-283. zation. Vocabulary of the Kuwalitsk, vol. l,pp. Powell: This word following a title or within 270-283. after note indicates that a copy of parentheses a Dictionary of the Niskwalli : Niskwalli-

~~the work referred to has been seen by the com- English, vol. 1, 285-307. piler in the library of Major J. W. Powell, Dictionary of the Niskwalli: English-~~

Washington, D. C. Niskwalli, vol. 1, pp. 309-361. Powell (Maj. John Wesley). Indian liu- Mengarini (G.),Vocabulary of theSkoyelpeli, vol. 252-265. gnistic families of America north of 1, pp. Vocabulary of the Schitzui,vol. 1, pp. 270- Mexico. By J. W. Powell. 283. In Bureau of Ethnology, seventh annual Vocabulary of the Selish proper, vol. 1, royal 8°. report, pp. 1-142, Washington, 1891, pp. 270-283. Salishan family, with a list of synonyms and Tolmie (W. F.), Vocabulary of the Shoos- princijjal tribes, derivation of the name, hab- waap, vol. 1, pp. 252-265. itat, etc., 102-105. pp. Vocabulary of the Wakynakaine, vol. 1, Issued separately with cover title as follows pp. 252-265. Indian linguistic families of America Vocabulary of the KuUespelm, vol. 1, pp. 270-283. J. Powell north of Mexico | hy | W. I Prayer book: Extract from the seventh aunnal I Netlakapamuk See Good (J.B.) report of the Bureau of ethnology | Netlakapamuk Le Jeune (J. M. R.) [Vignette] Shuswap Le Jeune (J. M. R.) | Government printing Snohomish Boulet (J. B.) Washington | office 1891 Prayer book and catechism , . I Cover title as above, no inside title, half-title Snohomish See Boulet (J. B.)

p. 1, contents pp. 3-6, text pp. 7-142, map, royal Prayers 8°. Kalispel See Canestrelli (P.) Linguistic contents as under title next above. Kalispel Smet (P.J.de). Copies seen: Bureau of Ethnology, Eami^s, Netlakapamuk Good (J. B.) Pilling, Powell. Netlakapamuk Le Jeune (J. M. R.) Okinagan Le Jeune (J. M. R.) in charge. Department of the inte- Salish Canestrelli (P.) rior. U. S. geographical and geolog- I Salish Palladino (L.) ical survey of the Rocky mountain Samish Smet (P.J.de). region. J. Powell, Geologist in Shuswap Gendre ( | W. — Contrihutions to North Shuswap Le Jeune (J. M. R.) Charge. | | | Skitsuish Cariiana (J. M.) ethnology. Volume I [-VII]. American | Skwamish Durieu (P.) [Seal of the department.] I | Snanaimuk Boas (F.) Government printing Washington: | Stalo Durieu (P.) office. 1877 [-1890]. Twana Eells (M.) I : :

~~SALISHAN LANGUAGES. 53~~

~~Prayers in Sliiishwap. See Le Jeune (J. Prichard (J. C.) — Continued. M.R.) der [&c. three lines] Dr. von | Ru- |~~

Prayers iu Shuswup. See Geudre ( ). dolph Wagner, [Ac. one line.] IKrster — I iu Thouipsou. See [-Vierter] Baud. Prayers Le Jeune \ (J.M.K.) Leipzig, verlag von Leopold Bosk. I Pricliard (James Cowles). Researclies 1840 [-18 18]. | I I

into the physical history of man- 4 vols. ; vol. 4 in two parts, 12°. A translation | | | kind. By James Cowles Prichard, of the 5 vol. edition of the Pliy.sical History. I I Discussion of American languages, vol. 4, pp. M. F. S. I. correspimd- D. E. M. R. A. | 311-341,357-363,458. iug [&c. three lines.] Third member | Copies seen : BritLsh Museum. edition. Vol.I[-V]. | | Primer London: Sherwood, Gilbert, and | l^etlakapamuk See Le Jeune (J. M. E.) Piper, Paternoster J. and Spokan Walker (E.) and Eells(C.) row; | and I A. Arch, Cornhill. 1836[-1847]. | I Primer . . .in Thompson. See 5 vols. 8°. The words "Third edition," which Le Jeune (J. M. R.) are contained on the titles of vols. 1-4 (dated respectively 1836, 1837, 1841, 1844), arenoton the Promissiones Domini Nostri Jesu title of vol. 5. Vol. 3 was originally issued with a Christi [C(Bur d'Alene]. See Caruana title numhered "Vol. III.—Part I." This title (J.M.) was afterward canceled and a new one (numhered "Vol. in.") suhstituted in its place. Vol. Promissiones Domini Nostri Jesu 1 was reissued with a new title containing the Christi [Lilowat and Netlapamuk]. words "Fourth edition" and bearing the im- See Le Jeune (J. M. R.) print " London : Sherwood, Gilbert, and Piper, I

~~Paternoster row. 1841." (Astor) ; and again | I Promissiones Domini Nostri Jesu Iloulston edition. Vol.1. | "Fourth | | London:~~

[Salish] . See (L. 18.51." Christi Palladine ) Stoneman, 65, Paternoster row. | and | (Congress, Harvard.) According to Sabin's Proper names Dictionary (no. 65477, note), vol. 2 also appeared Okinagan See Ross (A.) in a "Fourth edition," with the latter imprint. Okinagan Stanley (J. M.) These several issues differ only iu the insertion Salish Catlin (G.) of new titles in the places of the original titles. Shuswap Dawson (G. M.) Brief reference to the Salishan family, its Songi.sh Macdonald(D. G. F.)

divisions and affinities, vol. 5, pp. 437-438. Spokan Catlin (G.) Copies seen: Bancroft, Boston AthenfEuni, Spokan Stanley (J. M.) Congress, Fames. Puyallup : The earlier editions, London, 1813, 8'', and Geographic names See Coones (S. F.) London, 1826, 2 vols.. 8-\ contain no Salishan Geographic names Eells (M.) material. Grammatlc treatise McCaw (S. R.)

~~| dcs Menschcn- Natnrgeschiclite | Sentences McCa\v(S.R.) von James (Jowles Prich- geschleclits | I Vocabulary McCaw (S. R.) three lines."] Salish. ard, Med. D. ["&c. | Nach Vocabulary I~~

~~Q.R~~

~~Queniult. See Kwinaiutl. Roehrig (F. L. O.) Comparative vocab-~~

Relationships: ulary of the Selish languages. Manuscript, 47 leaves folio, written on one Bilkula' See Boas (F.) side only. In the library of the Bureau of Okinagan Boas (F.) Ethnology. Okinagan Morgan (L. H.) The vocabulary, consisting of 180 words, is Okinagan Ross (A.) arranged by English words as headings, equiv- Salish Oppert (G.) alents in the following languages being given Shuswap Boas (F.) under each : Selish proper or Flathead, Kalis- Skokomish Boas (F.) pelm, Spokan, Skoyelpi, Okinaken, Schitsui, Spokan Gibbs (G.) Schwapmuth, and Piskwaus. Spokan Morgan (L. H.) Comparative Vocabulary of the Report of the governor of Washington Selish languages. Ilud scries. Ithaca, territory. See Squire (W.C.) N. Y. November 15tb, 1870. —

~~54 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE~~

Roehrig (F. L. O.) — Continued. Ross (A.) — Continued. Manuscript. 86 leaves, 4°, written on one side Title verso names of printers 1 1. preface pp. only. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnol- iii-v, contents pp. vii-xv, errata p. [xvi], text ogy- pp. 1-352, map, 12=. The vocabulary, consisting of J 80 words, is Relationships of the Okinackens and per- arranged by English words as headings, equiv- sonal names, p. 326. alents in the following languages being given Copies seen: Astor, Bancroft, Boston Ath- under each: Clallam, Lummi, Nooksahk, ena?uni. BritishMuseum, Bureau of Ethnology, Nanaimook, Kwantlen, and Tait. Congress, Trumbull.

' Synoptical vocalmlary of the Selish Alexander Ross, author, born in Nairnsliire, Scotland, May 9, 1783, died in Colony languages. Gardens (now in Winnipeg, Manitoba), Red River Settle- Manuscript, 8 unnumbered leaves folio, ment, British Koith America, October 23, 1856. written on both aides. In the library of the He came to Canada in 1805, taught in Glengarry, Bureau of Ethnoh)gy. U. C, and in 1810 joined John Jacob Astor's The vocabulary, consisting of 180 words, is expendition to Oregon. Until 1824 he was a fur- arranged in 15 columns as follows: English, trader and in the service of the Hudson Bay Clallam, Lumnii, Nooksahk, Nanainiook, Company. About 1825 he removed to the Red Kwantlen, Tait, Toan hooch, Koosolupsh, River settlement and was a member of the Skagit, K-omookh, Kwinaiutl, Cowlitz, Lilowat, council of Assineboia, and was sheriff of the Red and Belhoola. River settlement for several years. He was for (Alexander). of the fifteen years a resident in the territories of the Ross Adventures | Company, and has given the result first settlers on the Oregon or Colum- Hudson Bay | of his observations in the works: Adventures bia river: being a narrative of the | | of the First Settlers on the Oregon or Columbia esjiedition fitted out by John Jacob | River; being a Narrative of the Expedition Astor, to establish the "Pacific fur | fitting out by Johu Jacob Astor to establish I coniiiany;" with an account of some the Pacific Fur Company, with an Account of | Indian tribes on the coast of the some Indian Tribes on the Coast of the Pacific I (London, 1849) ; The Fur-Hunters of the Far Pacific. Alexander Ross, one of By | I West, a Narrative of Adventures in the Oregon the adventurers. | and Rocky Mountains (2vols. 1855), and TheRed

~~Londou : .Smith, Elder co., | and 65, River Settlement (1856). Appletnn's Cyclop, of Coruhill. 1849. Am. Biog. I~~

(Joseph). dictionary of St. (L. N.) — Continued. | Onge Sabin A | | relating to from its Feeling called to another field, he gave up this Books America, | discovery to the present time. career in order to prepare himself to work for | By God's glory as an Indian missionary in the

~~Joseph Sabin. | Volume I[-XX]. | diocese of Nesqually, Washington Territory. [Three lines quotation.] | "A year and a half before his ordination,~~

New-York : Joseph Saliin, 84 Nassau | Right Rev. A. M. Blanchet, his bishop, ordered street. 1868 [-1892]. him to Vancouver, W. T., where he wasoccupied | 20 vols. 8^. Still in cour.se of publication. as a professor of natural philosophy, astron- Parts cxv-cxvi, which begin vol. xx, reacli tlie omy, an

Survey, Lenox. " The first years of his mis.sionary life were See Field (T.W.) occui)ied in visiting different tribes of Indians and doing otiier missionary work in the Terri- St. Onge (Bcv. I^ouis Napoleon). See tories of Washington, Idaho,Montana, and other Bulmer (T. S.) Rocky Mountain districts, among Indians and "The subject of this sketch, the Rev. Louis miners. After such labors ho was then appointed N. St. Onge, of St. Alphonse de Liguori parish, to take charge of the Yakamas, Klikitats, was born [in the village of St. Cesaire] a few Winatchas, Wishrams, Pshwanwapams, Nar- miles south of Montreal, Canada, April 14, 1842. chez, and other Indian tribes inhabiting the He finished his classical course when yet very central part of Washington Territory. Having young, after which he studied law for two years. no means of support in his new mission, Bishop — :

~~SALISHAN LANGUAGES. 55~~

St. Onge (L.N.) — Continued. st. Onge (L. N.) — Continued. Blaiicbet, in his self-sacriflcing charity ibr the ment with a corresponding Jargon-English Indians of his extensive diocese, furnished him ]>art. He has also begun the preparation of a dictionary, which he hopes to make with the necessary outfit ; and Trith a nuniher ot Yakama -willing tliough unskilled Indians as aiiprenticc much more complete than that of Father Pan- carpenters, the young missionary set to work to dosy, published in Dr. Shea's Library of Amer- rebuild the St. Joseph's mission, destroyed in ican linguistics. 1856 by a party of vandals called the Oregon I have adopted the spelling of his name as it Volunteers, who had l)een sent to fight the appears on the title-page of his work "Yakama Yakamas. Alphabet," etc., though the true spelling, and "After four years of labor, he and his devoted the one he uses now, is Saintonge—that of a companion, Mr. J. E. Boulet (now ordained and French province in which his ancestors lived stationed among the Tulalip Indians) had the and from which four or five families came in satisfaction to see not only a comfortable resi- 169C, all adopting the name. His family name dence, but also a neat church, erected, and a is Payant. fine tract of hind planted with fruit trees, and Salish. [Vocabularies of sonic of the in a profitable state of cultivation, where Indian tril)es of Nortliwest Anaerica.] formerly only ruin and desolation reigned. Manuscript, 2 vols., 82 pages folio. Bought ' ' His health breaking down entirely, he was by the Library of Congress at Washington, at forced to leave his present and daily increasing the sale of the library of the late Mr. Geo. Brin- congregation of neophites. Wishing to give him ley, the sale catalogue of which says they came the best medical treatment. Bishop Blancliet from the library of Dr. John Pickering, to sent Father St. Onge to his native land with a whom, probably, they were presented by Mr. leave of absence until his health would be Duponccau. They were presented "to Peter restored. During his eighteen months' stay in S. Duponceau, Fsq., with J. K. Townshend's a hospital he, however, utilized his time by respects. Fort Vancouver. Columbia River, composing and printing two small Indian September, 1835." books, containing rules of grammar, catechism, " Specimens [72 words] of a language hymns, and Christian prayers in Takama and spoken by tlie following tribes in Puget Sound, Chinook languages, the former for children, the viz : the Kisqually. Poo-yal-awpoo, Tough-no- for the use of missionaries on the Pacific latter waw-mish, Lo-qua-mish, Skay-wa-mish, and coast. Toowanne-noo." "By the advice of his physician he then undertook a voyage to Europe, where he spent Salish. Vocabulary of the language of the nearly a year in search of health. Back again Salish or the Flathead nation occupy- to this countrj-, he had charge of a congregation ing the sources of the Columbia.

for couple of years in Vermont ; and now he is a Manuscript, in the library of the American pastor of the French churches of Glens the two Philosophical Society, Philadelphia, Pa. It is Falls Hills, in the diocese of Albany, and Sandy a py made by Mr. Duponceau, and forms no. York. New Ixiii of a collection recorded by him in a folio " Father St. Onge, though a man of uncom- account book, of which it occupies pp. 219-220. mon physical appearance, stoutly built and six It is written four columns to the page, two in four inches in height, has not feet and yet English, two in Salishan, and contains about 120 entirely recovered his health and strength. Tiie words and the numerals 1-10. French population of Glens Falls have good Salish cause for feeling very much gratified with the Catecliism See CanestreUi (P.) present condition of the aflairs of the parish of Classification Bancroft (H. H.) St. Alphonse de Liguori, and should receive the Classification Bates (H. W.) hearty congratulations of the entire commu- Classification Beach (W.W.) nity. Father St. Onge, a man of great erudil ion, Classification Bergh.ius (11.) adevoted servant to the church, and possessing Classification Boas (F.) a personality whose geniality and courtesy Classification Brinton (D. G.) place in the hearts of his j)eo- have won him a Classification Buschnianu (J. (;. E.) ple, has bj' his faithful application to his pai'ish Classification Dawson (G. M.) developed it and brought out all tliat was to Classification Drake (S. G.) further inure to its benefit and advance its inter- Classification Eells (M.) ests." Qlcns Falls (iV. T.) liepuhlican, Jfarch Classification Gallatin (A.) 2S, 18H9. Classifi<'ation Gatschet (A. S.) Father St. Onge remained atGlens Fallsuntil Classification Gibbs (G.) October, 1891, when increasing infirmities com- Classification Haines (E. M.) pelled him to retire permanently from the niin Classification Keane (A. H.) istry. He is now living with his brother, the Classification Latham (R. G.) rector of St. Jean Baptiste church, in Troy, N. Classification Platzmann (J.) Y. Since bis retirement be has compiled an Classification Powell (J. W.) English-Chinook Jargon dictionary of about six Classification Prichard (J. C.) thousand words, and this he intends to supple- Classification Sayce (A. H.) 56 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

Salish — Continued Salish — Continued, Classification Schoolcraft (H. R.) Words Bulmer (T. S.) Classiflcation Trumbull (J. H.) A'^ords Daa(L.K.) General discussion Anderson (A. C.) Words Gallatin (A.) General discussion Rancroft (H. H.) Words Gibbs (G.) General discussion Beach (W."W.) Words Hale (H.) General discussion Berghaus (H.) Words Hoffman (W.J.) General discussion Buschmann (J. C. E.) Words Latham (R. G.) General discussion Drake (S. G.) Words Mengarini (G.) General discussion Featherman (A.) Words Pott (A. F.) General discussion Gabelentz (H.G. C.) Words Smet (P.J.de). General discussion Gallatin (A.) Words Squire (W. G.) General discussion Gatschet (A. S.) Words Swan (J. G.) General discussion Hale (H.) Words Treasury. General discussion Miiller (F.) Words Tylor (E. B.) Geographic names Buhner (T. S.) See also Chehalis. Grammar Mengarini (G.) Samish: Grammatic treatise Bancroft (H. H.) Lord's prayer See Smet (P.J.de). Grammatic treatise Gallatin (A.) Prayers Smet (P.J.de). Grammatic treatise Hale (H.) Grammatic treatise Petitot(E. F.S.J.) Sayce (Archibald Henry). Introduction to the science of language. A. treatise Shea (J. G.) | By | Grammatic I Legends Hoffman (W.J.) H. Sayce, professor of compar- | dei^uty Lord's prayer Bancroft (H. H.) ative philology in the university of Lord's prayer Bulmer (T. S.) Oxford. In volumes. Vol.I[-II]. two | Lord's prayer Marietti (P.) I [Design.] Lord's prayer Shea (J. G.) I |

~~Loudon : Kegan Paul co., Lord's prayer Smet (P. J. de). | C. & 1, Lord's pra5'er Youth's. Paternoster square. 1880. |~~

~~Numerals Bulmer (T. S.) 2 vols. : half-title verso blank 1 1. title verso~~

~~Numerals Fells (M.) quotation and notice 1 1. preface pp.v-viii, table~~

~~Numerals Gibbs (G.) of contents verso blank 1 1. text pp. 1-441, colo- Hofl'man Numerals (W.J.) phon verso blank 1 1. ; half-title verso blank 1 1.~~

~~Numerals Mengarini (G.) title verso quotation and notice 1 1. table of con-~~

Numerals Salish. tents verso blank 1 I. text pp. 1-352, selected list Prayers Canestrelli (P.) of works pp. 3.53-363, index pp. 365-421, 12°. Prayers Palladine (L.) A cla.ssification of American languages (vol.

~~Proper names Catlin (G.) 2, pp. 57-64) includes the Selish, pp. 57-60.~~

Kelationships Morgan (L. H.) Copies seen : Bureau of Ethnology, Eames. Relationships Oppert (G.) Introduction to the science of lan- | Sentences Hoffman (VV. J.) guage. A. H. Sayce, deputy- By | Sentences Smet (P.J.de). I I Sentences Whymper (F.) professor of comparative philology, Text Canestrelli (P.) Oxford, Hon. LL. D. Dublin. In two | I Text Palla

Tribal names Powell (J. M^.) 2 vols. : half-title verso blank 1 1. title verso Vocabulary Canadian. quotation and notice 1 1. table of contents verso Vocabulary Cooper (J. G.) blank 1 1. preface to the second edition pp. v-xv Vocabulary Gallatin (A.) verso blank, preface pp. xvii-xx, text pp. 1-441, Vocabulary Gibbs (G). colophon verso blank 1 1.; half-title verso blank

~~Vocabulary Henry (A.) 1 1. title verso quotation and notice 1 1. table of~~

~~Vocabulary Hoffman (W. J.) contents verso blank 1 1. text pp. 1-352, selected Vocabulary Howse (J.) list of woi-ks pp. 353-363 verso blank, index pp. Vocabulary Latham (R. G.) 365-421, 12°.~~

~~Vocabulary Maximilian (A. P.) Linguistics as in the lirst edition, vol. 2, pp. Vocabulary Powell (J. W.) 57-60.~~

Vocabulary Roehrig (F. L.O.) Copiea geen : Eames. Vocabularj- Salish. Schomburgk (iSTr Robert Herman). Con- Vocabulary Smet (P.J.de). tril)utious to the Philological Ethnog- Vocabulary Wilkes (C.) Sir R. H. Vocabulary AVilson (E. F.) ra|)hy of South America. By Words Boas (F.) Schomburgk. SALISHAN LANGUAGES. 67

Schomburgk (E. H.) — Continued. Schoolcraft (H. R.) — Continued. In Philological Soc. [of London] I'loi-. vol. 3, plates and maps numbered 1-29, 31-78, and 2 pp. 228-237, London, 1S48, 8°. plates exhibiting the Cherokee alphabet and its Affinity of words in tlie Guinau with other application.

~~languages and dialects in America, pp . 236-237, Part in, 1853. Half-title (as in part i) verso~~

~~contains, among others, examples in Atnah. blankl 1. engraved title (as in part ii) versoblank~~

Tliese examples m.ay bo of the Athapascan 1 1. printed title (as in ]iart li) verso printer 1 1. stock or of the Salishan. I have had no oppor- third report pp. v-viii, list of divisions p. ix, tunity recently to examine into the matter. contents pp.xi-xv, list of plates pp. xvii-xviii, text pp. 19-635, plates and maps numbered Schoolcraft (Henry Rowe). Historical | 1-21, 25-45. anil statistical information, respect- | I Part IV, 1854. Half-title (as in part I) verso

ing the history, con clition and pros- blank 1 1. engraved title (as in part II) verso blank I pects of the Indian tribes of the 1 1. printed title (as in part II) verso blank 1 1. I I dedication pp. v-vi, fourth report pp. vii-x. list United States : collected prepared | and of divisions p. xi, contents xiii-xxiii, list of under the direction of the hurcau pp. | | plates pp. xxv-xxvi, text pp. 19-668, plates and of Indian afiairs, per act of Congress | maps numbered 1-42. 3d, School- of March 1847, | by Henry R. Part V, 1855. Half-title (as in part I) verso craft, LL.D. Illustrated by S. Eastman, blankll. engraved title (as in part il) versoblank I 1 1. printed capt. U. S. A. Published by Authority title (as in part ii) ver.so blank 1 1. I dedication ijp.vii-viii, fifth report pp. ix-xii, list of Congress. Part I [-VI]. | | of divisions p, xiii, synopsis of general contents

Philadelphia : ! Liiipincott,Grambo& of vols, i-v pp. xv-xvi, contents pp. xvii-xxii, company, (successors to Grigg, Elliot plates | list of pp. xxiii-xxiv, text pp. 25-625, ap- 4fcco.) 1851 [-1857]. pendix pp. 027-712, plates and maps numbered I

Engraved title : [Engraving.] Historical 1-8, 10-36. | | Part VI, 1857. Half-title (General history of statistical information | 1 respecting the and | | the Xorth American Indians) verso blank 1 1. history, condition and ] of I prospects the ] Indian

~~portrait 1 1. printed title (History of tribesof the United States: Collected pre- | the| Indian | and~~

~~3'->' ancient of Henry R. Schoolcraft Illus- status. | Published by order Con- 1847,1 by L.L.D. | I~~

~~trated S. capt. gress, under the direction of the department of by Eastman, U. S. amiy. [Coat I I | interior the Indian bureau. | of arms.] Published authority of Con- By | Henry Rowe | by —~~

gress. PartI[-VI]. Schoolcraft, LL. D. I Member [&c. six lines.] I I | Illustrations by Eminent Artists. Philadelphia: Lippincott, With | In one | Grambo & co. Part VI. of the series. Philadelphia: volume. | 6 vols. i°. Beginning ^Yith vol. 2 the words I

J. B. Lippincott co. 1857.) verso 1 1. & | blank "Historical and statistical" are left off the I title-pages, both engraved and printed. Subse- inscription verso blank 1 1. letter to the Presi- quently (1853) vol. 1 was also issued with the den t pp. vii-viii, report jtp. ix-x, preface pp. xi- abridged title beginning "Information respe(;t- xvi, contents pp. xvii-xxvi, list of plates pp. ing the history, condition, and jirospects of the xx\'ii-xxviii, text pp. 25-744, index pp. 745-756, Indian tribes," making it uniform with the fifty-seven plates, partly .'^elected from the other other parts. volumes, and three tables. Two editions with these title-pages were pub- Gallatin (A.), Table of generic Indian fami- lished by the same house, one on thinner and lies of languages, vol. 3, pp. 397-402. somewhat smaller paper, of which but vols. 1-5 Copies seen: Astor, Bancroft, Boston Athe- were issued. najum, British Museum, Congress, Eames, Xational Museum, Powell, Shea, Trumbull. Part I, 1851. Half-title (Ethnologh^al re- At the Fischer sale, no. 1581, Quaritch bought

~~searches, respecting | the red man of America) I a copy for il. 10s. The Eield copy, no. 2075, sold verso blank 1 1. engraved title as above verso~~

for $72 ; the Menzies copy, no. 1765, for $132 ; the blank 1 1. printed title as above verso blank 1 1. Squier copies, no. 1214, .$120; no. the Introductory documents pp. iii-vi, preface pp. 2032, $60; Ramirez copy, no. 773 vols.), 51. 5s. vii-x, list of plates pp. xi-sii, contents pp. xiii- (5 ; thePinart

copy, no. 828 vols, in 208 fr. ; xviii, text pp. 13-524, appendix pp. 52.5-508, (5 4), the Muri>Iiy plates, colored lithographs and maps numbered copy, no. 2228, .$69. Priced T)y Quaritch, no. 30017, &. 1-76. Wl. 10.?. ; by Clarke co. 1880, .$65 ; by Quaritch, in 1888, 151. Part II, 1852. Half-title (as in part I) verso blank 11. engraved title (Information respecting Reissued with title-pages as follows: the history, condition and prospects, etc.) verso Archives] of Aboriginal Knowledge. blank 1 1. printed title (Information respecting Containing all the Original | Papers the history, condition and prospects, etc.) verso I laid before Congress respecting | the printers 11. dedication verso blankl 1. introduc- |

~~tory document pp.vii-xiv, contents pj). xv-xxii, History, Antiquities, Language. Eth- list of plates pp. xxiii-xsiv, text pp. 17-008, nology, Pictographj-, | Rites, Superati- : —~~

~~58 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE~~

Schoolcraft (H. R.) — Continued, Schoolcraft (H. R.) — Continued. tions, and Mythology, of the Indian iug expedition to Lake Superior and the head- | | Tribes of the United States waters of Mississippi River. He was secre- | by | Henry tary of a commission to treat with the Indians R. Schoofcraft, LL. D. With Illustra- | at Chicago, and, after a journey through Illi- tions. Oupendun ih ieu muzzinyegun I nois and along "Wabash and Miami rivers, was

un. —Algonquin. | In six volumes. in 1822 appointed Indian agent for the tribes | Volume I [-VI]. of the lake region, establishing himself at | Sault Sainte Marie, and afterward at Mack- Philadelphia: J. Lippiucott | B. & inaw, wliere, in 1823, he married Jane Johnston, Co. 1860. 1 granddaughter of "Waboojeeg, a noted Ojibway

Engraved title : Information respecting the | chief, who had received lier education in Europe. History, Condition Prospects of the and | I | In 1828hefoundpdtlie Michigan historical soci- Indian Tribes of the United States: Collected | ety and in 18^1 the Algio society. From 1828 till and prepared the of Indian under | Bureau 1832 he was a member of the territorial legisla- Affairs | By Henry E. vSchoolcraft L. L. D. | ture of Michig.in. In 1832 he led a government Mem: Royal Geo. Society, London. Boyal An- expedition, which followed the Mississippi tiquarian Society. Copenhagen. Ethnological River up to its source in Itasca Lake. In 1836 Society, Paris, &c. &c. Illustrated Cap.' | by | he negotiated a treaty with the Indians on the S. Eastman, U. S. A. and other eminent artists. | upper lakes for the cession to the United States [Vignette.] Published authority of Con- | by of 16,000,000 acres of their lands. He was then gress. I appointed acting superintendent of Indian

Philadelphia : J. B. Lippincott &. Co. | affairs, and in 1839 chief disbursing ag(^nt for 6 vols, maps and plates, 4°. the nortliern department. On his return from This edition agrees in the text page for page Europe in 1842 he made a tour through western with the original titled above, and contains in Virginia, Ohio, and Canada. He was appointed addition an index to each volume. by the ISfew York legislature in 1845 a commis- Copies seen Congress. sioner to take the census of the Indians in tlie Partially follows reprinted with title as State and collect information concerning the Sis Nations. After the performance of this [ ] The Indian tribes] of the] United I task. Congress authorized him, on March 3, 1847, : their [history, antiquities, States | cus- to obtain through the Indian bureau reports toms, religion, arts, language, tradi- | relating to all the Indian tribes of the country tions, oral legends, and myths. Edited and to collate and edit tlie information. In this I by Francis S.Drake. Illustrated with work he spent the remaining years of his life. | I Through his influence many laws were enacted one hundred fine engravings on st(^e]. for the protection and benefit of the Indians. volumes. I[-II]. In t-wo | Vol. I | Xumerous scientific societies in the United Philadelphia: J. B. Lippincott | & States and Europe elected him to membership, CO. London: 16 Southampton street, and tlie University of Geneva gave him the I Garden. 1884. degree of LL.D. in 1846. He was the author of Covent | poems, lectures, reports on 2 vols.: portrait 1 1. title verso copyright numerous and Indian subjects, besides thirty-one larger notice 1 1. preface pp. 3-5, contents pp. 7-8, list of plates pp. 9-10, introduction pp. 11-24, text works. Two of his lectures before the Algic society at Detroit on the " Grammatical Con- pp. 25-458; frontispiece 1 1. title verso copy- struction of the Indian Languages" were trans- right notice 1 1. contents pp. 3-0, list of plates lated into Peter S. p. 7, text pp. 9-445, index pp. 447-455, plates, 4°. French by Duponceau and

~~' 'In the following pages the attempt has been gained for their author a gold medal from the~~

made to place before the piiblic in a convenient French institute. . . . To the five volumes and accessible form the results of the life-long of Indian researches compiled under the direc- labors in the Held of aboriginal research of the ti(m of the war department he added a sixth, late Honry R. Schoolcraft." containing tlie post-Columbian history of tlie

Chapter ii. Language, literature, and pic- Indians and of their relations with Europeans (Philadelphia, collected material tography, ^'ol. 1, pp. 47-63, contains general 1857). Hehad remarks on the Indian languages. for two additional volumes, but the govern- Copies seen: Congress. ment suddenly suspended the publication of Priced by Clarke & co. 1886, no. 6376, $25. the work. Ap2>leton's Cyclo2). of Am. Biog.

Henry Rowe Schoolcraft, ethnologist, born in Schwapmuth. See Shiwapmuk. [Watervliet] Albany County, N. T., March 28, Schwoyelpi. See Skoyelpi. 1793, died in Washington, D. C, December 10, Scouler (Dr. John). Observations on the 1864. Was educated at Middlebury College, indigenous tribes of the N. W. coast of Vermont, and at Union, wliere he pursued the Scouler, D., F. studies of chemistry and mineralogy. Inl817-'18 America. By John M. he traveled in Missouri and Arkansas, and L. S., &c. returned with a largo collection of geological In Royal Geog. Soc. of London, Jour. vol. 11, and mineralogical specimens. In 1820 he was pp. 215-251. London, 1841, 8°. (Geological Sur- appointed geologist to Gen. Lewis Cass's explor- vey.) SAIJSHAN LANGUAGES. 69

~~Scouler (J.) — Continued. Shea (J. G.) — Continued.~~

Vocabulary of the ]?illechoola, Salmon : New York | Edward Dunigan and River, lat. 53° 30' N. (numerals 1-1000 and 150 brother, (.James B. Kirker.) 151 Ful- ( | words and phrases), i)ii. 230-235. —Vocabulary ton street, near 1857. Broadway. | of the Okanagan s]'okcn on Fraser's River title : Catholic missions Engraved | among (numerals 1-100 and 105 words and pluuses), States, the Indian tribes | of the United pp. 236-241. —Vocabularies of the Kawitchen. | [engraving with the words "Catharine Teh- spoken at the entrance of Trading River, oppo- G. gakwita"] | by John Shea. site Vancouver's Island, Noosdalum of Hood's |

: E. brother, 151 Ful- New York | Dunigan & Canal, and Squallyamish of Puget's Sound ton St. (numerals 1-100 and 150 words and phrases), Portrait of Anthony Peyri 1 1. engraved title pp. 242-247. as above verso blank 1 1. printed title as above The vocabularies were furnished by Pr. W. verso copyright notice (1854) 1 1. dedication r. Toluiie. Dr. Scouler's comments upon tlicm verso blank 1 1. contents pp. 5-13, preface pp. 15- are scattered through pp. 218-229. 17, text pp. 19-495, facsimiles pp. i-iv, appendix Sentences: pp. 497-506, index pp. 507-514, two other por- Bilkula See Scouler (J.) traits (Brebeuf, Jogues), 12°. Chehalis Swan (J. G.) Linguistic contents as under title next above.

Kawichen Scouler (J.) Copies seen : Eames. Kawichen Tolmie(W".F.) Geschichte der katholisclien Mis- | | Klallam Scouler (J.) sionen nnter Indiaiier-Stilnunen | den Okinagan Scouler (J.) | derVereiuigtenStaaten. 1529-1860. Tolmie (W. F.) | Okinagan | Puyallup McCaw (S. R.) Shea, Verfasser Von John Gilmary | I Salish Hoffman (W.J.) \_&c. lines.] Englischeu two | Aus dem Salish Smet (P.J.de). iibersetzt von J. Eoth. Sr. Heilig- Salish Whymper (F.) | | | keit Papst Pius 6 Skoyelpi Chamberlain (A. F.) IX gewidmet. | Mit Youth's. Stahlstichen. Snohomish | Tilamuk Lee (D.) and Frost (J. H.) Wiirzburg. Verlag von C. Etlinger. | [1858.] C) Shea (Jobu Gilmary). History | of the Pp. 1-668, 12°. Title from the author. Calholic missions the | among In- | I History of the Catholic missions | dian tribes of tlie United States, 1529- I | I the Indian tribesof the United 1854. John Gilmary Shea, anthor among | By | I States, 1529-1854. | By John Gilmary [&c.tliree lines.] [Design.] I | | Shea, author of [&c. three lines.] York: Dunigan I | New | Edward & [Design.] | brother, ' 151 Fulton-street, near Broad- New York: T. Strong, Late Ed- way. 1855. | W. | I ward Dunigan &. brother,|Catholic pub- Engraved title : Catholic missions among | lishing house, 599 Broadway. [1870.] Indian I the tribes | of the United States, [en- | Engraved title : Catholic missions graving with the words "Catharine Tehgak- | among the Indian tribes | of the United States, wita"] by John G. Shea. | I | &. [engraving with the words "Catherine Teh- New York: | E. Dunigan brotlier, 151 Ful-

~~gakwita"] | by John G. Shea. ton st. |~~

Portrait of John Bapst 1 1. engraved title as New York : I E. Dunigan & brother, 599 Broadway, [n. d.] above verso blank 1 1. printed title as above Frontispiece, engraved title 1. verso copyriglit notice (1854) 1 1. dedication verso blank 1 printed title as above verso copyright notice 1 verso blank 1 1. contents pp. 5-13, preface i>p. 15-17, text pp. 19-495, appendix pp. 497-506, 1. dedication verso blank 1 1. contents pp. 5-13, index pp. 507-514, fac-similes pp. i-iv, fonrother preface pp. 15-17, text pp. 19-495, appendix pp. portraits (Peyri,Brebeuf. Jogues, DeS7uet),12°. 497-506, index pp. 507-514, 8^. The Lord's prayer in Flathead and Pends Linguistic contents as under titles above.

seen : d'Oreilles (from Do Smet), footnote, p. 408. Copies Congress, Powell. Priced by Clarke and co. 1880, no. 6620. $2. Copies neen : Astor, British Museum, Con- gress, Eames, Trumbull. History of the Catholic missions | I | At the Field sale a copy, no. 2112*, sold for among the Indian tribesof the | United $2.25; at the Murphy sale, no. 2264, for .$3.25. States, 1529-1854. | By John Gilmary I History of the Catholic missions | i Shea, author [&c. three lines.] [De- | I | among the Indian tribes | of the United sign.] I States, 1529-1854. | By John Gilmary York: P, J. Excel- I Kenedy, | New | Shea, author [vfec. three lines.] [De- sior Catholic publishing house, I | 5 | sign.] Barclay Street, [n. d.] I ; :: : : : — )

~~60 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE~~

Shea (J. G.) — Coutinued. Shea (J. G.) — Continued. also published Bibliograiihy of American Engraved title: Catholic missions | among has tribes of United States, Catholic (1859), corrected the | the Biblesand Testaments Indian | [engraving with the -words "Catherine Teh- several of the very erroneous Catholic Bibles, original gakwita"] | by John G. Shea. and revised by the Vulgate Ch;illoner's |

~~Engraved title verso blank 1 i. printed title aries, and translations. Appleton's Ci/clop. of~~

verso copyright notice (1854) 1 1. dedication A m. Biog. verso blank 1 1. contents pp. 5-13, preface pp. Shiwapmuk 15-17, text pp. 19-495, appendix pp. 497-506, Numerals See Eells (M.) index 507-514, 8°. pp. Vocabulary Gibbs (G.) Linguistic contents titles above. as under Vocabulary Powell (J. AV.) Copies seen : Pilling. Vocabulary Koehrig (F. L. O.) — Languages of tlie American Indians. Shooswap. See Shuswap.

~~In American Cyclopcedia, vol. 1, pp. 407-414,~~

Shorthand primer . . Tlionipson New York, 1873, 8°. Contains grammatic examples of a number SeeLe Jeune (J. M. R.) of American languages, among them the Selish Shuswap: or Flathead. General discussion See Dawson (G.M.) John Dawson Gilmary Shea, author, born in General discussion Hale (H.) New York City July 22, 1824; [died iu Eliza- Geographic names Dawson (G. M.) beth, N. J., 1891J. He was educated at the Grammatic treatise Boas (F.) grammar school of Columbia College, of which Grammatic treatise Gallatin (A.) his father was principal, studied law, and was Grammatic treatise Hale (H.) admitted to the bar, but has devoted himself Numerals Dawson (G.M.) chiefly to literature. He edited the Historical Numerals Eells (M.) Magazine from 1859 till 1865, was one of the Prayers Geudre ( founders and first president of the United — Prayers Le Jeune (J. M. R.) States Catholic Historical Society, is a member Proper names Dawson (G.M.) or corresponding member of the principal his- Eelationships Boas (F.) torical societies in this country and Canada, Vocabulary Boas (F.) and corresponding member of the Koyal Acad- Vocabulary Dawson (G. M.) emy of History, Madrid. He has received the Vocabulary Gibbs (G.) degree of LL. D. from St. Francis Xavier Col- Vocabulary Hale (H.) lege, New York, and St. John's College, Ford- Vocabulary Howse (J.) ham. His writings include The Discovery and Vocabulary Piuart (A. L.) Exploration of the Mississippi Valley (New Vocabulary Powell (J. W.) York, 1853) ; History of the Catholic Missions Vocabulary Tolmie (W.F.) Among the Indian Tribes of the United States "Words Boas (F.) (1854; Gerjian tran.slation, Wiirzburg, 1856); The Fallen. Brave (1861); Early Voyages up Sicatl and down the Mississippi (Albany, 1862) Vocabulary See Boas (F.) Novum Belgium, an Account of the New Neth- Words Boas (F.)

~~erlands in 1643-'44 (New York, 1862) ; The Oper- Silets ations of the French Fleet under Count do Legend See Boas (F.)~~

~~Grasse (1864) ; The Lincoln Memorial (1865) Vocabulary Boas (F.) Translations of Charlevoix's History and Skagit General Description of France New (6 Numerals See Eells (M.)~~

~~vol., 1866-1872) ; Hennepin's Description of Vocabulary Craig (R. O.)~~

Louisiana (1880) ; Le Clercq's Establishment of Vocabulary Roehrig (F. L. O.) the Faith (1881), and Penalosa's Expedition Skitsamish. See Skitsuish. (1882); Catholic Church in Colonial Days (1886); Catholic Hierarchy of the United Skitsuish (H.) States (1886) ; and Life and Times of Arch- General discussion See Hale bishop Carroll (1888). He also translated Numerals Eells (M.) De Courcey's Catholic Church in the United Prayers Caruaua (J. M.) States (1856) and edited the Cramoisy series Vocabulary Gallatin (A.) of narratives and documents bearing on the Vocabulary Hale (H.) early history of the French- American colonies Vocabulary Mengarini (G.) (26 vols., 1857-1868); 'O'a.shington's Private Vocabulary Pinart (A.L.) Diary (1861); CadwaUader Colden's History of Vocabulary Powell (J. W.) the Five Indian Nations, edition of 1727 (1866) Vocabulary Eoehrig(F. L.O.) (P. J. de). Alsop's Maryland (1869) ; a series of grammars Vocabulary Smet ,and dictionaries of the Indian languages (15 Words Bancroft (H. H.) (vols., 186U-1874), and Life of PiusIX (1875). Ho AVords Pott (A. F.) : : : : —

~~SALISHAN LANGUAGES. 61~~

Skokomish Smet (P.J.) — Continued. Geographic names See Eells (M.) Philadelphia: published by M. | Numerals Eell.s(.\r.) Fithian, 61 n. Second street. 1843. Eclationshipa Boas (F.) | Frontispiece recto blank 1 1. title verso blank Vocabulary Boas (F.) 1 1. preface pj). v-ix, half-title verso blank 1 1. Tocabulary Salish. textpp. 13-252, 12^. ^Vorda Boas (F.) A few Flathead words and phrases, ji. 100. Skoyelpi Copies seen : Boston Athen;eum, Numerals See Chamberlain (A. F.) Eames, Georgetown, Harvard. Numerals Eells (M.) Voyages aux Sentences Chamberlain (A. F.) | | montagues Kocheu- Vocabularj' Chamberlain (A. F.) ses, et une ann^o de 8('jour | chez I I Vocabulary Gibbs (G.) les tribus iudieunes dii | vaste terri- Vocabularj- Hale (H.) toire de I'Oregon, | dependant des Vocabulary Mengarini (G.) | Etats-Unis d'Amerique, par le li. P. Vocabularj- I'owoll (J. W.) | Pierre de Smet, Vocabulary RoehrigfF. L. O.) | missiounaire de la compagnie do J6sus. [Vignette.] Stwaksin | | Geographic names See C'ooues (S. F.) Malines. P. | J. Hanicq, imjiriineur Geographic names Eells (M.) du saint si^ge, de la sacr(^e congrega- Grammatic treatise Eells (M.) tion de la propagaude et do I'arche- Hymns Eells (M.) I vech6 de Malines. —1844. Skwale. See Niskwalli. Cover title nearly as above, lialf-title verso Sk-wallyamish. See Niskwalli. blank 1 1. portrait of the autlior 1 1. title as

~~Skwamish above verso imprimatur 1 1. "avis" and Prayers See Durieu (P.) "preface de I'edition americaine " pp. iii-vi,~~

Vocabulary Salish. plate (" vuede S'. Louis du Missouri ") 1 1. text Skwaxon. See Skwaksin. pp. 1-304, eighteen other plates, folded map, 12^. Prieres en langue Tete-Plate et Pondera.s, Snialley (Eugene Virgil). The Kalispel containing the sign of the cross, the Pater country. noster, the Ave Maria, and the Credo, with In the Century Illustrated Magazine, vol. 29, interlinear French translation, pp. 80-82. 447-455, York and London, 1885, 8'. pp. New This is the first French edition of Letters (Pilling.) and Sketches. It contains details not in the General remarks on the Kalispel language, Philadelphia edition. character of vowel sounds, and letters lacking Copies seen. : Eames. the language, 454-455 ^Lord"s prayer in in pp. Sabin'.s Dictionary mentions a Dutch trans- Kalispel (from Van Gorp), p. 455. lation : Reis naar het Rotsgebergte, Deventer, Virgil Smalley, journalist, Eugene born in bij J. W. Robijns en Comp. [1844?] W^. Randolph, Portage County, Ohio, July 18. 1841. Voyages aux ( montagnes | Eocheu- He was educated in the public schools of Ohio ses, chez les tribus indiennes du vaste and New York, and passed one year in New I York central college at ilcGrawville. territoire de FOregon, dependant He | des enlisted at the beginning of the civil war in the Etats-Unis d'Amerique, Par le | R. P. Seventh Ohio Infantry and frequently sent let- de Smet. [Ornament.] ters about different engagements to the news- | | Lille. I L. Lefort, imprimeur-libraire, papers, for which descriptions he had shown a rue Esquermoise, 55. 1845. predilection before entering the field. He I |

Cover title: Voyages | served until nearly the close of the struggle, aux | montagnes Rocheu.ses. when ho was discharged on account of wounds, | Lille. L. Lefort, imp. libraire, | rue Esquer- and as soon as he was able went to "Washing- I ton, D. C, where, in 1865, he was appointed moise, 55. clerk of the military committee of the House of Cover title, half-title verso blank 1 1. frontis- Representatives. He retained the post until piece 1 1. title verso blank 1 1. avis sur cette 1873. In 1S82 he entered the employment of the edition pp. vii-viii. preface de I'edition ameri- Northern Pacific Railroad and in 1884 estab- caine pp. ix-xii, text pp. 9-268, list of publica- lished the "Northwest,'' an illustrated maga- tions 2 11. list on back cover, 12°. zine, in St. Paul, Minn., of which he is still Prieres en langue Tete-Plate et Pondcras, as (1888) the editor and publisher. Appleton's in the preceding edition, pp. 265-268. Cyclop, of Am. Biog. Copies seen : Eames. Sabin's Dictionary mentions editions of Smet (Rev. Peter John de). Letters and Lille, 1846, and Quatrieme edition, Lille: L. sketches with a narrative | of | a year's Lefort, 1858; also an Italian translation, residence among the | ( Indian tribes Palermo, 1847. | of The Rocky Mountains. P. J. | By | Voyages I aux | | montagnes Rocheu- De Smet, S. J. ses chez les tribus | indiennes du vaste I J : ;

~~62 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE~~

~~Sniet (P.J.) — Coiitiuned. Smet (P. J.) — Continued.~~

~~Cover title. Lo R. P. do territoire do I'Oregon, dependaut des Smet | Voyages | aux |~~

~~Priere.i (Pater, Ave, Credo) eu langiio Tetc- Cover title, half-title verso frontispiece 1 1.~~

~~Plate et Ponderas. title verso blank 1 1. preface de I'edition am6r-~~

Copies seen : Bancroft. icaine pp.v-vi, textjjp. 7-237, tabloand colophon A Gcrruaii translation as follows: verao blank 1 1. list of publications on back Eeiseu zu den Felseu-Gebirgeu cover, 8°. | | | Prieres en langue Tete-Plate et Ponderas, oiii Jalar miter den wilden und | | I with interlinear French translation, as in the Indiancr-Stiimmen des Oregon-Gebietes previous editions, pp. 235-237. P. J. de Smet, S. .1. Ans deni Copies seen: Eames. von | I I iil)ersetzt von L. There is another issue of this same edition, Franzosischen | | wiDh a new cover title as follows Hinssen, Priester. | P.de aux] LeR. Smet | Voyages | montagnes St. Louis, Mo. Druck und Verlag I chez les tribus indiennes Eocheuses | du I A'on Saler. 1865. Franz | vaste trerritoire rOr6gon de | dependant des Title verso blank 1 1. Vorwort pp. iii-iv, text !fitats-Unis d'Am6rique. | pp. 1-220, 12°. Lefort Librairie de J. | imprimeur editeur | Lord's prayer, Ave, and Credo in the language Lille Charles di' Muyssart, 24 Paris rue | rue | I of the Flathead and Ponderas, with interlinear des Saints-Pferes, 30. [1887.] German translation, pp. 64-65. Copies seen: Eames.

~~! Fulton-street. Duuigan, 151, 1 M DCCC considerablement augmentce | XLVII [1847]. Bruxelles Victor etC''" | Devaux | 26,~~

Tork, | Published hy Edward Duuigan etc. 1 1. portrait of the author 1 1. title as above New 1847. verso blank 1 1. preface pp. v-xii, itin6raire I Half-title (Oregon missions.) verso blank 1 1. abrege pp. xiii-xxxv, plate of St. Louis 1 1. text pp. 1-405, table des luatieros pp. 407-408, folded portrait of Flathead chief recto blank 1 1. en- map, printed notice on back cover, 12°. graved title verso blank 1 1. title verso copy- Pater, Ave, et Credo en langno Tete Plate et right notice (1847) 1 1. dedication verso blank 1 Ponderas, with interlinear French translation, 1. preface pp. xi-xii, map, text pp. 13-408, Lord's pp. 97-90. prayer, etc., in several Indian languages, 2 11. twelve other plates, 16°. Copies seen : British Museum, Eames. cross Lord'.s Sabin's Dictionary mentions an edition, Sign oi the and the prayer in Lille, 1875. the Flathead and Pend d'Oreillo langiiiige, with interlinear English translation, p. [409. — Voyages aux montagnes J | | Rocheu- Vocabulary (23 words) of the Flathead, p. [412.] ses Chez les tribus iudiennes du I Copies seen: Astor, Boston Athenieum, vaste territoire de I'Oregon depen- | British Museum, Congress, Eames, George- dant des Etats-Unis d'Amorique. Par town, Harvard, Pilling. | Huitieme edition At the Field sale, a copy, no. 2159, brought $3 de Smet | [Design | the Brinley sale, no. at the Mur- with monogram J. L.] at 5612, $3.75; | phy sale, no. 785, $5.50. Librairie de .T. Lefort | imprimeur Missions de I'Oregon et Voyages ^diteur Lille rue | | Charles | | de Muys- montagnes Rocheuses sources sart, 24 Paris rue des aux | aux | | Saints-Peres, 30 Propri6t6 et droit de traduction de la Colombie, de I'Athabasca et du I I Sascatshawin, en 1845-46.' [Picture of r^serv(^s. [1887. | Colophon: Lille. Typ. J. Lefort. 1887. "Marie Ouillax dans la bataille contre SALISHAN LANGUAGES. 63

; i I'annce 1845-46. Par le pero shawin pendant | chief recto blank 1 1. engraved title verso blank 1 -J. la J6sus. P. de Smet, | do Compagnie de | 1. title verso blank 1 1. pr6facepp. i-ii, textpj).?- orne de 16 gravures et de 3 cartes. II Ouvrage | 366, notre pere etc. in several Indian languages 86 vend au proiit de la mission. | pp. 367-375, origine des Americains pp. 376-398, •= Iin- chez V. Vander Schelden, | Gand, | postface pp. 399-406, table pp. 407-408, twelve primeur-Editeur. other plates, list of publications on l)ack Cover title portrait of a Flathead chief 1 1. cover, 12<^. engraved title verso blank 1 1. license to print Le signe de la croix et Notre pere en langue (dated 20 feb. 1848) verso 2 lines of text 1 1. Tete-Plate et Pend d'Oreille, with interlinear 1- dedication (dated Gand, 20 fevrier 1848) pp. French translation, p. 367.— Vocabulary (11 ii, preface de I'editeur pp. iii-ix, map, notice words) of the Tete-Plate, and of the Checalish, snr le territoire de I'Oregon pp. 9-39, half-title p. .374. (Missions I'Oregon et de | voyages | | aux The greater part of this translation was made

~~sources | montagnes-Rocheuscs | aux de la from the New York edition. The latter part of Colombie, de I'Athabasca et du Sascatshawin, the volume, however, follows the other version~~

) 1845-46. le P. -J. en | Par Pere de Smet, de la published at Ghent in the same year, from Comp.de Jesus.) verso blank 1 1. text pp. 41- which the supplementary matter is evidently 350, notre pero etc. in several Indian languages taken. The illustrations are identical with pp. 351-359, origine des Am6ricains pp. 360-378, those in the original American edition, the only table pp. 379-380, notice on back co^•er, two change being in the inscriptions. other maps and fourteen other plates, 16°. The Copies seen .• Fames, Pilling, Georgetown. date of publication, 1848, is printed on the back At the Field sale, no. 2158, a copy brought of the volume. The notice on the back cover $3.25. reads: "Sous presse chez le meme: Le meme Missien van den Oregon en Reizen | ouvrage en tiamand. avec gravures et cartes." naer de Rotsbergen en de | bronnen Le signe de la croix et Xotre pere en langue I | Tete-Plate et Peud d'Oreille, with interlinear der Colombia, der Athabasca en Sas- French translation, p. 331. — Vocabulary (11 catshawin, in 1845-46. [Picture of I | words) of the Tete-Plate and of the Cliecalisb, "Maria Quillac in den stryd tegen de 338. p. Corbeaux," etc.] Door den P. | pater J. Copies seen: Bancroft, Cougresfe, Fames, de Smet, de Societeit Jesus, | Van van Georgetown. uit het fransch door een klooster- | This translation was probably made under I the supervision of the author. It contains some ling van Latrappe. | additional matter and notes, three important Gent, Boek- en Steendrukkery van I maps, and new plates, which differ in style from \^viv Vander Schelden, Onderstraet, | those in the New York edition of 1847. The N" 37. 1849. I following is a different version : title: Cover Missien | vanden Oregon | | en | Missions I'Oregon Reizen na.ar Rotsbergen, door pater P. -J. de et de | | | voyages ] deSniet, Jesus. Versierd daus lea montagnes eu | van de societeit van | Rocheuses | I * met 16 platen en 3 kaarten. [Ornament.] 1845 et 1846, par le pere P. J. de Smet, | | |

[Ornament.] engraved title verso blank 1 1. license to print | Paris librairie de Poussielgue-Ru- (dated 11 Oct. 1848) verso 2 lines of text 1 1, ded- I eand, rue Petit-Bourbon ication (dated Gent, den 20 february 1848) pp. | du Saiut-Sul- vii-viii, vorrede van den uitgever pp. ix-xv, pice, 3. A Lyon, chez J. B. Pelagaud et I map, veralag over het groudgebied van den Ci^ 1848 I Oregon pp. 17-49, half-title verso blank 1 1. text

~~Enijraved title : Missions de I'Oregon. | Et pp. 53-382, het onze vader etc. in several Indian~~

voyages aux | montagnes Rocheuses | en 1845 languages pp. 383-391, oorsproug der Ameri- & 46. [Vignette of " Marie Plume dans la ba- I kanen pp. 392-411, inhoud pp. 413-423, list of taillecontre les le Corbeaux"] | Par pere P. | J. publications on back cover, two other maps and Smet. de | la Societe de de | Jesus. fourteen other plates, 16°. Cover title: I'Oregon Missions | de et voy- | Het onze vader (and Het teeken des kruises) ages dans les montagnes 1845 Rocheuses | en I in de tael Tete-Plate en Pend d'Oreille, with :

~~64 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE~~

Smet (P. J.) — Coutinned. Smet (P. J.) — Continued. interlinear Dutch translation, p. 383.—Vocabu- Bruxelles F. Haenen, libraire-Mi- | lary (11 words) of the Tete-Plate, and of the teur rue des Paroissiens, 8 Paris 8, | I | Checalish, p. 390. H. et C'^'^, editeurs 70 Rue Repos | Bona- Copies seen : Eames. " parte, 70 1876 The French version, Trois^me 6dition," I Bruxelles et Paris, 1874 (Eames), does not con- Cover title as above, half-title (Lettres | tain the above-mentioned linguistics. choises dii reverend pore | Pierre-Jean de |

rev. P. Smet) verso ajtprobation 1 1. title as above verso Indian sketches. By | New | J. de Smet, S. J. names of printers 1 1. preface pp. v-x, text pp. | 1-414, tabledes matiferes pp. 415-416, listonback York: D. &. J. Sadlier co., New | & cover, 12°. Barclay-st. 128 Federal- 31 | Boston— Names of animals in the CfBur d'Alene lan- cor. Notre-danie and street. | Montreal— guage, about a dozen words, with definitions in Xavier sts. 1863. French, foot-note on p. 397. St. Francis |

Frontispiece 1 1. title verso blank 1 1. preface Copies seen : Eames. pp. 5-6, contents pp. 7-8, text pp. 9-17.3, plate The first series of these "Lettres choisies," opposite p. 54, 16°. 1849-1857, Bruxelles, 1875 (Eames), contains no "The short Indian catechism in use among Salishan linguistics. the riathe.nds, Kalispels, Pend d'Oreilles, and Lettres choisies du reverend pere other Rocky Mountain Indians," alternate | | Pierre-Jean de la de Smet | Com- pages Indian and English, pp. 148-175. I

Copies seen ; Eames, Georgetown. pagnie de Jesus 1 mi.ssionnaire aux fitas- follows: A later edition with title-page as Unis [s/c] d'Ani6rique Troisieme sdrie | sketclies. rev. P. New Indian | By | Troisitme edition soignensement | I J. de Smet, S. J. i revue et corrigee d'apres les manuscrits D. J. Sadlier co., New York: | & & de I'auteur et augmentee de nom- I | — 128 Federal- 31 Barclay-st. | Boston breuses notes | street. Montreal—cor. Notre-dame I Brtixelles M. Closson et C''=, ^di- | sts. 1865. and St. Francis Xavier | teurs rue de Joncker, 26 Paris 26, | I | 1. title verso blank 1 1. preface Frontispiece 1 H. Repos et C'^^diteurs rue Bona- | 70, pp. 5-6, contents pp. 7-8, text pp. 9-175, 16°. parte, 70 1877 Linguistic contents as under title next above. I

~~seen : Boston Athenaeum, Eames, Cover title as above, half-title (Lettres Copies | choises r6verend Pierre-Jean Pilling. | du p6re | de~~

Sabin's Dictionary mentions an edition of Smet) verso approbation 1 1. title as above verso [IS'?]. names of printers 1 1. preface pp. v-xi, text pp. edition title-page as follows A later with 1-414, tabledes mati6i-es pp. 415-416, listonback rev. P. cover, 12°. Indian sketches. | New By | J. de Smet, S. J. Names of esculent roots and fruits in the | Coeur d'Alene language, about 28 words, with co., New York: | D. & J. Sadlier & definitions in French, footnote on pp. 58-59. 31 Barclay-st. Montreal cor. Notre- | — Sign of the cross and Lord's iirayer ' 'en langue sts. dame and St. Francis Xavier [1885.] des Eican-ies ou Sanish (lo peuple priniitif)," Cover title: Sadliers' Household Library. | pp. 412-413. 91. cts. Sketches. No. Price 15 | New Indian | Copies seen: Eames. rev. P. J. Smet, S. J. Complete and una- " By de | The continuation, Lettres choisies, qua- bridged edition. | tri6me et dernifere s<;rie," Bruxelles, 1878

: J. Sadlier co., 31 Barclay New York | D. & & (Eames), contains no Salishan material. st. Montreal: 275 Notre dame street. [1885.] I P. Linton | S. Albvm. By | title, title verso copyright 1 1. The | Cover (1885) I preface 5-6, contents 7-8, text jip. 9-175, S. J. pp. pp. [sic'] De Smet | 16°. Manuscript belonging in 1887 to the late Col. Linguistic contents as under title next above. John Mason Brown, LouisviUe, Ky. ; embel- Copies seen : Brinton, British Museum, Con- lished cover with title as above, no inside title, gress, Eames, Georgetown, Pilling. 4°. water-color sketches on l)p. 1-84, Pen and

clioisies | reverend Lettres | du pp. 1. 3. 15, 33, 55, 61, and 65. Pierre-Jean de Smet la ptre | de Lord's prayer in the Flathead language, I The dejesns missionnaire aux p. 69. Compagnie | d'Am^rique 1855-1861 Peter John De Smet, missionary, bom in Ter- fitats-Unis | | Belgium, December 31, 1801, died in St. revue monde, Troisitme edition j soignensement Louis, Mo., in May, 1872. He studied in the manuscrits de et corrigee d'apres les | Episcopal Seminary of Mechlin, and while there I'auteur et augiueut^e dc uombrenses to devote himself to the conversion | he felt called notes of the Indians. When Bishop Nerinx visited I : — : : : : )

~~SALISHAN LANGUAGES. 65~~

Smet (P.J.) — Coutiinied. Snanaimuk — Continued. Belgium in search of missionaries, De Smet, Lord's prayer Carmany (J. H.) with flvo other students, volunteered to accom- Numerals Eell8(M.) pany him, and sail from Amsterdam in 1821. Prayers Boas ;F.) After a short stay in Philadelphia, De Smet Ten commandments Bancroft (H. H.) entered the Jesuit novitiate at "Whitemarsh, Ten commandments Carmany (J. H.) Md. Here he took the Jesuit habit. In 1828 Texts Boas (F.) he went to St. Louis and took part in establish- Vocabulary Boas (F.) ing the University of St. Louis, in which ho Vocabulary Pinart (A.L.) was afterwards profes.sor. In 1838 he was sent Vocabulary Roehrig (F. L. O.) to establish a mission among the Pottawatta- Vocabulary Tolmie (W. F.) and mies on Sugar Creek. He built a chapel, Dawson (G. M.) erected a school, which was soon crowded with Words Boas (F.) pupils, and in a .short time converted most of Snohomish the tribe. In 1840 he begged the bishop of St. Catechism See Boulet (J. B.) Louis to permit him to labor among the Flat- Geographic names Coones (S. F.) heads of the Rocky Mountains, and set out on Geographic names Fells (M.) April 30, 1840. He arrived on July 14 in the Grammatic treatise Eells (M.) camp of Peter Yalley, where about 1,600 Indians Hymns Boulet (J. B.) had assembled to meet him. "With the aid of an Lord's prayer Bulmer (T. S.) interpreter he translated the Lord's prayer, the Lord's prayer Youth's. Creed, and the Commandments into their lan- Prayer book Boulet (J. B.) guage, and in a fortnight all the Flatheads Youth's. knew these prayers and commandments, which Sentences Vocabulary Bolduc(J. B. Z.) were afterward explained to them. In the Vocabulary Chirouze ( spring of 1841 he set out again, and, after pass- — Vocabulary Craig (R. O.) ing through several tribes, crossed the Platte Boas (F.) and met at Fort Hall a body of Flatheads who "Words Youth's. had come 800 miles to escort the missionaries. "Words On September 24 the party reached Bitterroot Songish River^where it was decided to form a permanent Gentes See Boas (F.) settlement. The lay brothers built a church Ifumerals Eells (M.) and residence, while De Smet went to Colville Proper names ilacdonald (D. G. F.) to obtain provisions. On his return ... he Vocabulary Boas (F.) himself remained in the village, familiarizing Vocabulary Tolmie ("W. F.) and with the language, into which he translated the Dawson (G. M.) resolved visit Fort catechism. He then to "Words Boas (F.) Vancouver; ... on his return to St. Mary's he resolved to cross the wilderness Songs again to St. Louis. There he laid the condition Kawichen See Boas (F.) of his mission before his superiors, who Klallam Baker (T.) directed him to go to Europe and appeal for aid Klallam Eells (M.) to the people of Belgium and France. He sailed Twana Baker (T.) December, 1843, with five from Antwerp in Spokan Jesuits and six sisters, and reached Fort Van- Bible, Matthew See "Walker (E.) 1844. In 1845 he began a series couver in August, Geographic names Eells (M.) of missions among the Zingomenes, Sinpoils, Grammatic treatise Eells (M.) Flatbows, and Koetenays, which Okenaganes, Numerals Eells (M.) to watershed of the Saskatchewan extended the Primer "W^alker (E.) and Eells the camps of the wandering and Columbia, (C.) Assiniboins and Creeks, and the stations of Proper names Catlin ((}.) Fort St. Anno and Bourassa. He visited Europe Proper names Stanley (J.M.) several times in search of aid for his missions. Relationship.s Gibbs (G.) his last visit to Europe he met with a During Relationships Morgau (L. H.) severe accident, in which several of his ribs Vocabulary Gibba (G.) on his return to St. Louis he were broken, and Vocabulary Hale (H.) away. Appleton's Cyclop, wasted slowly of Vocabulary Pinart (A.L.) Am. Biog. Vocabulary Powell (J. "W.) Snanaimoo. See Snanaimuk. Vocabulary Roehrig (F.L.O.) Snanaimuk Squallyamish. SeeNiskwalli. Gentes See Boas (F.) Report of [Squire (Gor. Watson C.)] | Grammatic treatise Boas (F.) the governorof Washington territory Legends Boas (F.) I Lord's prayer Bancroft (H. H.) for the year 1884. I I |

~~SAL,- : : ; : —~~

~~66 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE~~

Squire (W. C.) — Continued. Steiger (E.) — Continued. catalogue for business Wasliington : Government printing a bookseller's purposes, | with special regard to the study of philology office. 1884. I in America." Cover title as above, title as above verso Copies seen : Eames, Pilling. blank 1 1. text pp. 3-62, map, 8°. Stillacum. See Stailakum. A few Salish plant and fish names, pp. 12, 13.

~~Copies seen : Eames, Gatschet, Pilling. Stumpf (C.) Lieder der Bilakula~~

Squoxon. See Skwaksin. Indianer. Von C. Stumpf. In Tierteljahrschrift fur Musik-Wissen- [Kalispel]. Stabat mater See Canes- schaft, vol. 2, p. 408 [1885 ?] (*) trelli (P.) Gilchrist). The north- S'vran (James | Stailakum coast; or, three years' resi- west | Grammatic treatise See Boas (F.) I territory. dence in Washington ] | By Vocabulary Boas (F.) James G. Swan. [Territorial seal.] Stalo | | With numerous illustrations. Prayers See Diirieu (P.) | brothers, New York: | Harper & (J. Portraits of North Stanley M.) | | publishers, Franklin square. 1857. | | Indians, witli sketches of American | Frontispiece 1 1. title verso copyright notice scenery, etc., J. Stan- painted | M. | by (1857) 1 1. dedication verso blank 1 1. introduc- ley. Deposited the Smithsonian with | I tion pp. v-vii, contents pp. ix-xiv, list of illus- institution. [Seal of the institution.] trations p. [xv], map, text pp. 17-409, appendix | Washington: Smithsonian institu- pp. 411-429, index pp. 431-435, 12°. | Chapter xviii. Language of the Indians tion. December, 1852. (pp. I 306-326), contains a comparison of Chehalis title as above, title as above verso Cover words with the Mexican, 313 general dis- p. ; of printers 1 1. preface verso contents 1 1. names cussion with examples of the Chehalis lan- text 5-72, index 73-76, 8-^. pp. pp. guage, pp. 315-317.—Vocabulary of the Che- Institution Forms Smitbsonian Miscellaneous halis (180 words and sentences), alphabetically

Collections, 53 ; also part of vol. 2 of the same arranged by Chehalis words, pp. 412-415. series, Washington, 1862. Numerals 1-1000 of the Chehalis, pp. 420-421.— Contains the names of personages of many Many Chehalis terms passim. Indian tribes of the United States, to a number j Copies seen .- Astor, Bancroft, Boston of which is added the English signification. Athenaeum, British Museum, Congress, Eames, Among the peoples represented are the Spo- Geological Survey, Harvard, Mallet, Pilling. .

~~68-71 ; Stony Island Indians, kanes, pp. p. 71 Issued also with title-page as follows Okinagans, p. 72.~~

~~hill. York : Harper tionaries, Grammars, Readers, Exposi- 47 Ludgate | New brothers. 1857. tors, etc. mostly languages & | of 1 modern I~~

1. 1. \ spoken in all parts of the earth, Frontispiece 1 title 1 dedication verso I | except of English, French, German, blank 1 1. introduction pp. v-vi, contents pp. I ix-xiv, list of illustrations p. [xv], map, text First division : Spanish. 1 and | Abenaki pp. 17-409, appendix pp. 411-429, index pp. 431- to Hebrew. | 435, 12°. E. Steiger, 22 24 Frankfort Street, | & Linguistic contents as under title next above.

~~New York. [1874.] Copies seen : Charles L. "Woodward, New I York City. Half-title on cover, title as above verso name~~

~~of printer 1 1. notice dated Sept. 1874 verso Mr. James Gilchrist Swan was born in Med-~~

blank 1 1. text pp. 1-40, advertisements 2 11. col- ford, Mass., January 11, 1818, and was educated ophon on back cover, 12°. at an academy in that place. In 1833 he went tt Titles of works relating to American lan- Boston to reside, and remained there until 1849, arrived guages generally, p. 3 ; to the Clallam, p. 24. when he left for San Francisco, where he The second division of the first part was not in 1850. In 1852 he went to Shoalwater Bay, published. Part second is on the English lan- where be remained until 1856, when be returned

guage and part third on the German language. east. In 1859 he returned to Puget Sound ; since : ' his headquarters. In his notice the compiler states ' This com- then Port Townsend has been pilation must not be regarded as an attempt at In 1860 Mr. Swan went to Neah Bay. In June, H complete linguistic bibliography, but solely as) 1862, be way appoipted teacher of the Makah : : :

~~SALISHAN LANGUAGES. 67~~

Sw^an (J. G.) — Contiuued. S-wan (J. G.) — Continued. Indian Reservation, where he remained, till 18C6. remained thereuntil August, 1888, addingmuch In 18G9 he went to Alaska, and in 'Mux, 187 j, he to our knowledge of tlieMakah Indians, which went a second time to Alaska, this time under was reported to Prof. Baird and published in a the direction of the Smithsonian Institution, as bulletin of the U. S. National Museum. In 188^ a commissioner to purchase articles of Indian he went to Queen Charlotte Islands for the manufacture for the Philadelphia Centennial Smithsonian Institution and made another col- Exposition. This fine collection is now in the lection for the U. S. National Museum. U. S. National Museum at "Washington. July 31, 1878, ^tr. Swan was api)ointed an inspector Szmimeie-s Jesus Christ [Kalispel]. See of customs at Neah Bay, Cape Flattery, and Giorda (J.)

Tait; Thompson River Indians. See Netlakapamuk. Numerals See Eells (M.) Tilamuk Vocabulary Gibbs (G.) General discussion See Hale (H.) Yocabulary Powell (.1. W.) Gentes Boas (F.) Vocabulary Roehrig (F. L. O.) Gramniatic treatise Gallatin (A.) Talimoh. See Tilamuk. Grammatic treatise Hale (H.) Tate {Rev. Charles Moutg(uuery). [Hymn Sentences Lee (D.) and Frost (J. H.) in theAukameuum language of Fraser Texts Boas (F.) River, British Columbia.] Vocabulary Boas (F.)

leaf, -l'^, in of Manuscript, 1 the possession the Vocabulary Gallatin (A.) compiler of this bibliography. Vocabulary Hale (H.) chorus of the Two verses and hymn "Sweet Vocabulary Latham (R. G.) bye and bye." Vocabulary Lee (D.)and Frost (J. Mr. Tate came to British Columbia from H.) Northumberlftnd, England, in 1870. He engaged Words Bancroft (H. H.) in mission work among the Flathead Indians Words Pott (A. F.) at Nanaimo, Vancouver Island, in 1871, where Tillamook. See Tilamuk. he learned the Aukamenum language spoken Toanhnch: by the Indian tribes on the east coast of Van- Vocabulary See Gibbs (G.) couver Island, lower Fraser River, and Puget Vocabulary Roehrig(F. L. 0.) Sound. Here he spent three years, when lie Vocabulary Salish. removed to Port Simpson, on the borders of Alaska, among the Tsirapsheans. He next Tolmie (Z>>-. William Fraser). [Vocabu- moved to the Fraser River and spent seven laries of the northwest coast of North years amongst the Flathead tribes between America.] Yale and Westminster, frequently visiting the In Royal Geog. Soc. of London, Jour. vol. 11, Indians on the Nootsahk River in Washington pp. 230-246, London, 1841,80. (Geological Sur- Territory. Mr. Tate spent four years, 1880 to vey.) 188-i, among the Bella-Bellas, returning iu the These vocabularies occur in an article by latter year to the mission on Fraser River. Scouler (J.), Observations on the indigenous Ten commandments tribes of the northwest coast of America, and Netl.akapamuk See Good (J. B.) are as follows Snanaimuk Bancroft (H. H.) Vocabulary of the Billechoola, spoken by Snanaimuk Carmany (J. U.) coast tribes from lat. 50° 30' to 53° 30' (numerals Texts: 1-1000, and 150 words and phrases), pp. 230- Kalispel See Lettre. 235.—Vocabularj' of the Okinagen, spoken ou Konuik Boas (F.) Fraser's River (numerals 1-100 and 105 word.« Lilowat Lo Jeune (J. M. R.) and phrases), pp. 23G-241.—Vocabulary of the Nehelim Boaa (F.) Kawitchen, spoken at the entrance of Trading

~~Notlakapamuk Good (J. B.) River, opposite Vancouver Island ; Noosdalura,~~

Netlakapamuk Lo .Te\ine (.T. M. R.) Hood's Canal; and Squallyamish, Puget Okinagan Boas (F.) Sound (numerals 1-100 and 150 words and Pentlash Boas (F.) phrases), pp. 242-247. Salish Cauestrelli (P.) ——Yocabulary of the Shooswap. Salish Palladine (L.) In Gribbs (G.), Comparative vocabularies, 11. Stianainiuk Boas (F.) 1-3. Washington, 1873, 4°. Tilamuk Boas (F.) Twana Bulmer(T.S.) Vocabulary of the Shoo8\yap, ao4 pf Twwift fieU§(M.> :

~~68 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE~~

~~Tolmie (W. F.) — Continued. Tolmie (W. F. ) — Continued.~~

~~In Powell (J. W.), Contributions to N. A. at his residence, Cloverdale, Victoria, B. C. He~~

Ethnology, vol. 1, pp. 252-265. Washington, 1877, was educated at Glasgow University, where he 4°. graduated in Augu.st, 1832. On September 12 Each contains the ]80 words called for on the of the same year he accepted a position as sur- Smithsonian standard form. geon and clerk with the Hudson's Bay Com- pany, and left home for the Columbia River, Vocabulary of the Kulleespelm. arriving in Vancouver in the spring of 1833. In Powell (J. "W.), Contributions to N. A. Vancouver was then the chief post of the Hud- Ethnology, vol. 1, pp. 270-282, Washington, 1877, son's Baj- Company on this coast. In 1841 he 4°. visited his native land, but returned in 1842 [A list of prepositions in tlie Nis- overland via the plains and the Columbia, and was placed in charge of the Hudson's Bay posts qually language. ] took prominent part, Manuscript, 1 leaf, 4°, written on one side on Puget Sound. Ho here a only; inthelibraryof thoBureau of Ethnology. during the Indian war of 1855-'5C, in pacifying the Indians. Being excellent linguist, ho Recorded April 21, 1856. an had acquired a knowledge of the native tongues M.) Geological andDa'wson(G. and and was instrumental in bringing about peace natural history survey of Canada. between the whites and the Indians. was | He Alfred R. C. Selwyn, F. R. S., F. G. S., appointed chief factor of the Hudson'.s Bay Director. Comparative vocabularies Company in 1855, removed to Vancouver Island | in 1859, when he went into stock-raising, being of the Indian tribes of British | | I I the first to introduce thoroughbred stock into a illustrating dis- Columbia, | with map British Columbia ; was a member of the local tribution. By W. Fraser Tolmie, until I legislature terms, 1878; was a | member I two Licentiate of the Faculty of Physicians of the first board of education for several years, exercising a great influence in educational mat- SurgeonSjGlasgow. | and And | George

ters ; held many offices of trust, and was always M. Dawson, D. S., A.S.R.M., F.G.S., &c. a valued and respected citizen. [Coat of arms.] Published author- | by I Mr. Tolmie was known to ethnologists for his ity of Parliament. contributions to the history and linguistics of | Montreal: brothers. 1884. the native races of the West Coast, and dated | Dawson | his interest in ethnological matters from his Cover title nearly as above, title as above contact with Mr. Horatio Hale, who visited the verso blank 1 1. letter of transmittal signed hj' West Coast as an ethnologist to the Wilkes G. M. Dawson verso blank 1 1. preface signed by exploring expedition. He afterwards trans- G. M. Dawson pp. 5b-7b, introductory note mitted vocabularies of a number of the tribes signed by W. F. Tolmie pp. 9b-12b, text pp. to Dr. Scouler and to Mr. George Gibbs, some 14B-13lB,map,8°. of which were published in Contributions to Vocabularies (240 words) of the Kawitshin North American Ethnology. In 1884 he pub- (Kowmook or Tlathool, by Tolmie), Kawitshin lished, in conjunction with Dr. G. M. Dawson, a (Snanaimooh tribe, by Tolmie), Kawitshin nearly complete series of short vocabularies of (Songis tribe, by Tolmie and Dawson), and the principal languages met with in British Kawitshin ( Kwantlin sept, by Tolmie and Daw- Columbia, and his name is to be found fre- son), pp. 38B-49B.—Vocabularies (240 words) of quently quoted as an authority on the history of , the Ni-skwalli (Sinahomi.sh. by Tolmieand Daw- the Northwest Coast and its ethnology. He fre- son), and Tsheheilis (Staktamish, by Tolmie), quently contributed to the press upon public

i pp. 50B-61B.—Vocabulary (230 words) of the questions and events now historical. Bilhoola (jSToothlakimish, by Tolmie and Daw- son), and Selish (Lillooet tribe, by Dawson), Toughwamish. Se(^ Dwamish. pp. 62B-73B.—Vocabulary (211 word.s) of the Treasury. The Trea.sury of Languages. Selish (Kullespelm tribe, by Tolmie and Daw- rudimentary dictionary of A | | sou), pp. 78B-86B.—Notes on the vocabularies I I universal philology. Daniel iii. 4. | Kawitshin, pp. 119B-120B; Niskwalli and Tshe- | [One line in Hebrew.] heilis, p, 121b; Bilhoola, p. 122b; Selish, p. 123b- | 124b.—Appendix II. " Comparative table of a Hall and Co., 25, Paternoster row, few (68) words in the foregoing dialects," viz: London. (All right.s reserved.) [1873?] | Selish (Knllf'spelm). Kishwalli (Siu^ihomish), Colophon : London : printed by Grant and | (Songis), Kawitshin Kawitshiu (Kwantlin), Bil- CO., 72-78, Turnmill street, E. C. hoola (Noothlakimish), p. 127b.—Appendix III. Title verso blank 1 1. advertisement (dated Comparison of a few words in various languages February 7th, 1873) verso blank 1 1. introduction America, 128b-130b, incliuloe a few of North pp. (signed J. B. and dated October 3l8t, 1873) pp. Selish, Kawitshin. Niskwalli, and i-iv, dictionary of languages (in alphabetical

~~Copies seen : Eames, Pilling, Wellesley. order) pp. 1-301, list of contributors p. [302J,~~

~~William Eraser Tolmie was born at Inver- errata vei'so colophon 1 1. 12°.~~

~~ness, Scotland, February 3, 1812, and died De- Edited by James Bouwick, E8q.,F. R. G. S., cembers, 1886, after an illness of only three days, assisted by about twenty-two contributors, : —~~

~~SALISHAN LANGUAGES. 69~~

Treasury — Continued. Triibner & Co. — Coutinu(Ml. wliose initials are sigued to tlio important colonies. most | With Occasional Notes on Germ.an, of their respective articles. Tn the compila- Dutch, Danish, French, Italian, Sj)anish, I'or- | tion of the work free use was made of Bagster's tuguese, Russian, and Hungarian Literature. | Bible of Every Land and Dr. Latham's Elements series. Vol. I[-IX]. New | January to Decem- of Comparative Philology. There are also ber, 1880[-January to December, 1888]. | references to au appendix, concerning which London : co., | Triibner & 57 and 59, Ludgato there is the following note on p. 301: "Notice. hill. [1880-1888.] Owing to the xine.'Lpected enlargement of this 9 vols, large 8°. Including no. 147-8 to no. 242.

Book in course of printing, the Appendix is each volume with a si parate title and leaf of especially necessarily postponed ; and the more contents and its own pagination. Continued as as additional matter has been received sufficient follows: to make a second volume. And it will be pro- Triibufir's record, | a journal | devoted to the ceeded with so soon as an adequate list of Sub- Literiiture of the East, lists | with notes I and ' scribers shall be obtained. ' Under the name of of current | American, European .and Colonial

each language is a brief statement of the family Publications. No. .series. | 243[-251]. Third Vol. or stock to which it belongs, and the country I. Parti [-Vol. II. Parts]. Price 2s. where it ia or was spoken, together with refer- [London : Triibner & co. March, 1880-April, ences, in many cases, to the principal author- 1891.] ities on the grammar and vocabulary. Addenda 2 vols. ; printed covers as above, no title- follow at the end of each letter. pages, large 8°. No more published. Contains scattered references to various dia- Titles of works in and relating to the Sali- lects of the Salisban. sban languages are scattered through the Copies seen : Eames. periodical, together with notes on the subject.

' Tribal names A list of ' Works on the aboriginal languages Atna See Latham (R. G.) of America," vol. 8 (first series), pp. 185-189, Bilkula Latham (R. G.) includes titles nudor the special heading of

~~Salish Hoflman(W".J.) Clallam .and Lummi, p. 180 ; Selish, p. 189.~~

~~Salisb Kane (P.) Copies seen : Eames. Salish Keano(A. H.) Bibliotheca Hispauo-Americana. | A Salish Latham (R. G.)~~

, catalogue of Spanisli books printed Salish Powell (J. W.) I I | in Mexico, Guatemala, Honduras, the Triibner (Nicolas). See Ludewig (H. E.^ I Antilles, Venezuela, | Columbia, Ecua- Triibner & Co. Eegistered for Trans- dor, Peru, Chili, Uruguay, the | and

Cover title as above verso contents 1 1. no i n- Vol. XII. Nos. 11 & 12]. March 16, side title; catalogue pp. 1-184, colophon verso 1865 [-December, 1879]. Prico6f7. Sub- | advertisements 1 1. 16°. scription 5.S. per Annum, Post Free. | I Works on the aboriginal languages of Amer-

~~[London: Triibner &, co. 1865-1879.] ica, pp. 162-184, contains .a list of books (alpha-~~

12 vols, in 9, large 8^. No title-pages, head- betically arranged by languages) on this sub- ings only. No. 1 to nos. 23 & 24 (March 30, 1867) ject, including; General works, pp. 162-168; are paged 1-424; no. 25 (May 15, 1867) to no. 60 Clallam and Lummi, p. 170; Selish, p. 184.

(August 25, 1870) are paged 1-810. The number- Copies seen : Eames, Pilling. ing by volumes begins with no. 01 (September catalogue of dictionaries A | | and 26, 1870), which is marked vol. VI, no. 1 . Vols. I

, VI to Xn contain pp. 1-196; 1-272; 1-204; 1-184; grammars | of the Principal Languages 1-176; 1-1.52; 1-164. In addition there is a special Dialects of tlie World. For sale and | | number for September, 1874 (pp. 1-72), and an by Triibner & co. 128* I | extra no. for October, 1877 (pp. 1-16) ; also Triibner co., 8 60 London: | & & Pa- supplementary and other leaves. Continued ternoster row. 1872. under the following title: I

~~Triibner's ct | American, European Oriental Cover title as above, title as above verso~~

~~Literary Record. register of 1 1. noti(-o 1. | A the tnost im- of printers ver.so blank 1 I names ]>ublishedin portant works | North and South catalogiie 1-64, and corrigtMida 1 1. | pp. addenda~~

~~Ami'ric;i,lndia.('hina. Europe. I anil Ibe I'.ritisli advertisements verso blank 1 1. :i list of works : :~~

~~70 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE~~

Triibner & Co.— Coutinuecl. Trumbull (J. H.) — Continued. relating to the science of language etc. pp. Hartford Press of the Case | Lock- 1-16, »^. Avood &i Brainard Company 1878 | Contain.s titles of a few works in Clallam [-1893] and Liimmi, p. 12; in Selish, p. 54. 5 parts, 8^. Compiled by Dr. J. H. Trumbull. Copies seen : Eaine.s, Pilling.

~~Indian languages : general treatises and col- A later edition with title-page as follows lections, part 3, pp. 123-124; Northwest coast, Triibuer's catalogue of dictioua- | | | p. 141.~~

ries aucl grammars of the Principal : | Copies seen | Eames, Pilling. Languages and Dialects of the World. James Hammond Trumbull, philologist, was | Second edition, considerably born in Stonington, Conn., December 20, 1821. | enlarged Ho entered Yale in 1838, and though, owing to and revised, with an alphabetical in- ill health, he was not graduated with his class, dex. A guide for students and book- I his name was enrolled among its members in sellers. [Monogram.] 1850 and he was given tlie degree of A. M. He I |

London : Triibner co., 57 and settled in Hartford in 1847, and was assistant | & 59, Lndgate hill. 1882. secretary of state in 1847-18.J2 and 1858-1861, | and secretary in 1861-1864, also state librarian in Cover title as above, title as above vei'so list of 1854. Soon after going to Hartford he joined the catalogues 1 1. notice and preface to the second Connecticut Historical Society, was its corre- edition p. iii, index pp. iv-viii, text pp. 1-168, sponding secretary in 1849-1863, and waselected additions pp. 160-170, Triibncr's Oriental & its i)rcsideut in 1863. He has been a trustee of Linguistic Publications pp. 1-95, 8°. the AV.atkinson free library of Hartford and its Contains titles of works in American lan- librai'iau since 1863, and has been an officer of guages (general), p. 3; Clallam, p. 38 ; Selish, p. the Wadsworthathenajum since 1864. Dr. Trum- 142. bull was an original member of the American Copies seen : Eames, Pilling. Philological Association in 1869 and its presi- No. 1[-12]. January 1874 [-May, dent in 1874-1875. He has been a member of the catalogue of choice, rare, Oriental Society since 1860 and of the 1875]. A | | American I curious l)ooks, selected the American Ethnological Society since 1867, and and | from lionorary member of many State historical soci- stock of Triibuer Co., 57 &. & | 59, I I eties. In 1872 he was electerl to the National Ludgate hill, London. Academy of Sciences. Since 18.'J8 he has devoted [London : Triibuer & co. 1874-1875.] special attention to the subject of the Indian 12 parts; no titles, headings only; catalogue languages of North America. He has prepared (paged contiuuously) pp. 1-192, large 8°. This a dictionary and vocabulary to John Eliofs series of catalogues was prepared by Mr. James Indian bible and is probably the only Amer- George Stuart Bnrgcs Bohn. See Triibner's ican scholar that is now able to read that work. American, European, ci Oriental Literary liec- In 1873 he was chosen lecturer on Indian lan- ord, new series, vol. 1, pp.10- 11 (February, 1880). guages of North America at Tale, but loss of Works on the aboriginal languages of Amer- health and other labors soon compelled his ica, no. 8, pp. 113-118, including titles under the resignation. The degree of LL. D. was con- headings Clallam and Lummi, and Selish. ferred on him by Tale in 1871 and by Harvard Copies seen: Eames. in 1887, while Columbia gave him an L. H. D.

Trumbull : This word following a title or within in \?,^l.—Appleton's Cyclop, of Am. Biog. after parentheses a note indicates that a copy of Tsihalis. See Chehalis. the work referred to has been seen by the com- Turner (William Waddeu). See Lude- piler in the library of Dr. J. Hammond Trum- bull, Hartford, Conn. wig(H.E.) Trmnbiill(Z)r. James Hammond). Indian Twana See Bella (M.) languages of America. Dictionary Geographic names Coones (S. F.) In Johnson's ]New Universal Cyclopaedia, Geogr.'iphic names Eells (M.) vol.2, pp. 1155-1161, New York, 1877, 8°. (Bureau Grammar Eells (M.) of Ethnology, Congress.) Grammatic treatise Buhner (T. S.) A general discussion of the subject, in- Grammatic treatise Eells (M.) cluding linguistic divisions, etc., treating Hymns Eells (M.) among others the Salishan. Legends Bulmer (T. S.) [ Catalogue of the ] | | American Li- Legends Eells (M.) brary ofthelate mr. George (T. S.) | Brinley, Lord's prayer Bulmer I Numerals Eells (M.) of Hartford, Conn. | Parti. | America I Prayers Eells (M.) in general France etc. 1 New Canada | Songs Baker (T.) theBritish colonies to 1776 | New Eng- Text Bulmer (T. S.) land [-Part V. General and miscel- I I Text Eells (M.) laneous. [A'c. eight liui^s.] Vocabulary Eells (M.) I .

~~SALISHAN LANGUAGES. 71~~

~~Tylor (Edward Burnett). Anthropol- Tylor (E. B.) — Continued.~~

: of Druck und Verlag ogj' an introduction to the study Braunschweig, | I Friedrich Viewig und Sohn. 1883. civilization. By von | | Edward man and | I B. L., F. R. S. Witli illus- Pp. i-six, 1-538, 8°. Tylor, D. C. | Chapters iv, v. Die Sprache, 134-178. trations. pp. I Copies seen : British Museum. 1881. London: Macmillanandco. | I | The international scientific series The Right of Translation and Repro- | introduction to the Anthropology | an duction is Reserved. study of civilization man and | By I Half-title vorso design 1 1. title verso names Edward B. Tyh>r, D. C.L., F. R. S. of printers 1 1. preface pp. v-vii, contents pp. ix- | xii, list of illustrations xiii-xiv, text 1- With illustrations pp. pp. | 440, selected books pp.44 1-442, index pp. 443-448, York Appleton and New | D. com- 12°. pany 1888 I A few words iu the languajjo of "Vancouver Half-title o f the series verso blank 1 1. title Island, pp. 134,141. as above verso blank 1 1. preface pp. v-viii, con- Copies seen : Boston AtheniBum, British tents pp. ix-xii, listof illustrations pj). xiii-xiv, Museum, Congress. .text p p. 1-440, selected books pp. 441-442, index Anthropology: introduction to pp. 4 43-448, 8°. | an Linguistic contents as under titles above. the study of and civilization. | man | Copies seen : Harvard. By Edward B.Tylor, D. C. L., F. R. S. I an introduction Anthropology: | to With illustrations. I | the study of and civilization. | man York: D. Appleton com- | New j and By Edward B. Tylor, D. C. L., F. R. S. pany, 1, 3, and 5 Bond street. 1881. I | I illustrations. Second edition, With | I Half-title verso blank 1 1. title verso blank 1 revised. 1. preface pp. v-vii, contents pp. ix-xii, list of | co. Lcmdon: Macmillan and | and illustrations pp. xiii-xv, text pp. 1-440, selected | books 441-442, index 443-448, 12°. York. 1889. of Trans- | The Right pp. pp. New | Linguistic contents as under title next above. lation and Reproduction is Reserved.

Copies seen : Congress, Geological Survey, Half-title verso design 1 1. title verso names National Museum. of printers etc. 1 1. preface pp. v-vii, contents list of illustrations xiii-xv, text Einleitung in pp. ix-xii, pp. das | | Studium der pp. 1-440, selected books etc. pp. 441-442, index

~~Anthropologie und [ Civili8ati;)n. | ( pp. 443-448, 12°. Von Dr. Edward B. Tylor, [&c. two I | Linguistic contents as under titles above.~~

~~lines.] Deutsche l&c. four lines.] Copies seen : Eames. I |~~

~~Van Gorp (7?ew. L.) The Lord's prayer Vater (J. S.) — Continued.~~

~~in the Kalispel language. und Verwaiidtschaft derselben | von \ Dr.~~

.lohann Severin Vater, | Professor und Biblio- In Smalley (E. V.), The Kalispel Country, in thekar S. zu Kiinigsberg des Wladimir- | Or- the Century Magazine, vol. 29, p. 455, New dens Ritter. York and London, 1885, 8°. | Berlin | in der Nicolaischen Buchhandlung.

Vater ( Z)?\ Johann Sever in). Linguarum 1815 I totius orbis Index alphabeticus, Latin title verso 1. 1 recto blank, German title | | | recto 1. 2 verso blank, dedication verso blank 1 Grammaticae, Loxica, col- quarum | | 1. address to the king 1 1. preface pp. i-ii, to rccensentur, lectiones vocabulorum | | the reader pp. iii-iv, half-title verso blank t 1. patria signiticatur, historia adum- text pp. 3-250, 8°. Alphabetically arranged by bratur a Joanne Severino Vatero, columns, | | names of languages, double (Jermau | Theol. Doct. et Profess. Bibliothecario and Latin. Notices of works relating to the Atnah lan- Reg., Ord. S. Wladimiri equite. | | guage, p. 21. Berolini In officina libraria Fr. | Copies seen: Bureau of Ethnology, Eames, Nicolai. | MDCCCXV[1815]. Pilling. later edition in German titled as follows: title: Litteratur | der A Second | Grammatik(!u,

~~72 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE~~

Vater (J. S.) — Continued. Vocabulary — C ontinned. vcrin Vater. Zweite, vollig uiiigear- Kaulits Gallatin (A.) | Kaulits Gibbs (G.) von B. Jiilg. beiteto Ausgabe | | | Kaulits Hale(H.) Berlin, 1847. In (lev Nicolaisclieu | Kaulits Latham (R.G.) Bacliliandhmg. Kaulits Powell (J. W.)

Title verso blank 1 1. dedication verao blank 1 Kaulits Roehrig (F. L. O.) l.Vorwort (signed B. -Tiilg and dated 1. Decem- Kaulits Wabass (W. G.) ber 1846) pp. v-x, titles of general works on tlie Kawichen Pinart (A.L.) subjectpp. xi-xii, text (alphabetically arranged Kawicheii Scouler (J.) by names of languages) pp. 1-450, Nachtrage Kawichen Tolmie (W. F.) und Bericbtigungen pp. 451-541, Sachregister Kawichen Tolmie CW. F.) and pp. 542-563, Autorenregister pp. 564-592, Verbes- Dawson (G. M.) Eells (M.) serungen 2 11. 8°. Klallam List of works relating to the Atnah, pp. 38, Klallam Gibbs (G.) 459; Billecboola, p. 49U; Flathead, p. 483; Klallam Latham (R.G.) Friendly Village, p. 490; Kawitschen, p. 503; Klallam Pinart (A.L.) Nusdalum, p. 528; Okauagan, p. 335; Spokan- Klallam Roehrig (F.L.O.) (J.) Indianer, p. 483; Sciiiallyainisb, p. 382. Klallam Scouler Copies seen: Congress, Eauies, Harvard. Klallam Tolmie (W. F.) At the Fischer sale, no. 1710, a copy sold for Is. Komuk Boas (F.) Komuk Brinton (D. G.) SeeAdelung(J. C) and Vater (J. S.) Komuk Gibbs (G.) Vocabulary Komuk Pinart (A L.) Atna See Adelung (J. 0.) and Komuk Powell (J. W.) Vater (J. S.) Komuk Roehrig (F.L.O.) Atna Gallatin (A.) Kwantlen Gibbs (G.) Atna Hale (H.) Kw.antlen Roehrig (F.L.O.) Atna Howse (J.) Kwantlen Tolmie (W. F.) and Atna • Latham (R.G.) Dawson (G. M.) Atna Mackenzie (A.) Kwinaiutl Gibbs (G.) Atna Pin.irt (A. L.) Kwinaiutl Hale(H.) Bilkula Bancroft (H.H.) Kwinaiutl Pinart (A.L.) Bilkula Boas (F.) Kwinaiutl Roehrig (F.L.O.) Bilkula Gallatin (A.) Lilowat Boa8(F.) Bilkula (iibbs(G.) Lib)wat Gibbs (G.) Bilkula Latham (R.G.) Lilowat Powell (J.W.) Bilkula Pinart(A. L.) Lilowat Roehrig (F. L. O.) Bilkula Powell (J. W.) Lilowat Tolmie (W. F.) and Bilkula Roehrig (F. L. O.) Dawson (G. M.) Bilkula Scouler (.J.) Lnmmi Gibbs (G.) Bilkula Tolmie (W. F.) Lummi Pinart (A.L.) Bilkula Tolmie (W. F.) and Lnmmi Roehrig (F.L.O.) Dawson (G. M.) Nebelim Boas (F.) Chehalis Eells (M.) Netlakapamuk Boas (F.) Chebalis Hale (H.) Netlakapamuk Gibhs (G.) Chehalis Latham (R. G.) Netlakapamuk Powell (J. W.) Chebalis Pinart(A. L.) Niskwalli Campbell (J.) Chehalis Sraet (P. J. de). Niskwalli Canadian. Chehalis Swan (J. G.) Niskw.-illi Eells (M.) Chehalis Tolmie (W. F.) and Niskwalli Gallatin (A.) Dawson (G. M.) Niskwalli Hale (H.) Dwamisb Salisb. Niskwalli Latham (R. G.) Friendly Village Adelung (J. C.) and Niskwalli Montgomerie (J. E.) Vater (J. S.) Niskwalli Pinart (A.L.) Friendly Village Giillatin (A.) Niskwalli Salish. Friendly Village Latham (R.G.) Niskwalli Scouler (J.) Friendly Village Mackenzie (A.) Niskwalli Tolmie (W. F.) Kalispel Gibbs (G.) Niskwalli Tobnie (W. F.) and Kalispel Hale (H.) Dawson (G. M.) Kalispel Pinart (A.L.) Niskwalli Wickersham (J.) Kalispel Powell (J. W.) Niskwalli Wilson (E. F.) Kalispel Roehrig (F. L. O.) Nuksahk Gatschet (A. S.) Kalispel Tolmie (W. F.) Nuksabk Gibbs (G.) Kalispel Tolmie (W. F.) an

~~SALISHAN LANGUAGES. 73~~

Vocabulary - -Continued. Vocabulary — Continued. Niisalpli Roehrig (F. L. O.) Skagit Roehrig (F.L.O.) Okiniit;;iii Boas (F.) Skitsuish Gallatin (A.) Okiiiafrau Gibbs (G.) Skitsuish Hale (H.) Okinagan Howse (J.) Skitsuish Mengariui (G.) Okinagan Latham (R. G.) Skitsuish Pinart (A. L.) Okinagan Powell (J. W.) Skitsuish Powell (J.W.) Okiiiiigaji Roehrig (F.L. O.) Skitsuish Roehrig (F.L.O.) Okinagan Scoiiler (J.) Skit.sui.sh Smet (P. J.de.) Okinagan Tolmie (W. F.) Skokomish Boas (F.) Pentlaali Boas (F.) Skokomish Salish. Piskwaii Gallatin (A.) Skoyelpi (Chamberlain (A. F.) Piskwaii Gibhs (G.) Skoyelpi Gibbs (G.) Piskwau Halo (H.) Skoyelpi Hale (H.) Piskwaii Latham (R. G.) Skoyelpi Mengarini (G.) Piskwau Powell (J. W.) Skoyelpi Powell (J. W.) Piskwau Roehrig (F.L.O.) Skoyelpi Roehrig (F. L. 0.) Puyallup McCaw (S. R.) Skwaraish Salish. Puyallup Salish. Snanaimuk Boas (F.) Salisli Candian. Snanaiinuk Pinart (A. L.) Salisli Cooper (J. G.) Snanaimuk Roehrig (F. L. O.) Salisli Gallatin (A.) Snanaimuk Tolmie (W. F.) and Salisli Gibbs (G.) Dawson (G. M.) Salisli Henry (A.) Snohomish Bolduc(J.-B. Z.)

Salisli Hoffman (W.J.) Snohomish Chirouze ( — Salisli Howse (J.) Snohomish Craig (R.O.) Salisli Latham (R.G.) Songish Boas (F.) Salish Maximilian (A. P.) Songish Tolmie (W. F.) and Salisli Powell (J. W.) Dawson (G.M.) Salisli Roehrig (F.L.O.) Spokan Gibbs (G.) Salish Salish. Spokan Hale (H.)

~~Salish Smet (P..J. (le) Spokan Pinart (A.L.) Salish Wilkes (C.) Spokan Powell (J.W.)~~

Salish Wilson (E. F.) Spokan . Roehrig (F.L.O.) Shiwapmuk Gibbs (G.) Stailakum Boas (F.) Shiwapmuk PoweU (J.W.) Tait Gibbs (G.) Shiwapmuk Roehrig (F.L.O.) Tait Powell (J. W.) Shnswap Boas (F.) Tait Roehrig (F.L.O.) Shuswap Bawson (G. M.) Tilamuk Boas (F.) Shuswap Gibbs (G.) Tilamuk Gallatin (A.) Shuswap Hale (H.) Tilamuk Hale (H.) Shnswap Howse (J.) Tilamuk Latham (R.G.)

Shuswap Pinart (A. L.) Tiliimuk Lee (D.) and Frost (J. Shuswap Powell (J. W.) H.) Shnswap Tolmie (W.F.) Toanhuch Gibbs (G.) Sicatl Boas (F.) Toanhuch Roehrig (F. L. O.) Silets Boas (F.) Toanhuch Salish. Skagit Craig (R. O.) Twana Eells (M.)

"Wabass (Dr. W.G.) Vocabulary of the Walker (E.)— Continued. Cowlitz langnaKe. M.anuscript, 20 pages, 8°, belonging to Rev. Manuscript, 1 leaf, 4°, in the library of the Myron Eells, L^nion City, Wash., who has Bureau of Ethnology, Washington, D. C. kindly described it for me as follows:

' Recorded at Cowlitz landing, February, 1858. ' Translated trom the original Greek by Rev. A list of 23 English words with Cowlitz and Elkanali Walker, missionary of the American Chinook equivalents. Board of Commissioners for Foreign Missions, Wakynakane. See Okinagsin. in accordance with a vote of the Oregon mission passed at a meeting held in May, 184.'), Walker (Bev. Elkanali). [A ])ortion of •Tan. l.st, 1846. I co]>ied it from an older manu- the <;()spel of Matthew in th«i Fhithead script, whicOi I believe my father had, and or Spokan hmi»aa

~~74 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE~~

~~"Walker (E.) — Continued. "Walker (E. ) — Continued. only chapters 1-3 and cbaj)ter4, verses 1-23. It that many of them were Christians, for their~~

was never printed, I believe, nor am I aware lives have proved it. that the translalion was ever finished." " Mr. Walker stvulied the Spokan language quite thoroughly and learned its scientific and [ and Eells (C.)] Etshiit thin I | grammatic construction more thoroughly than

siais I tliln I Sitskai- sitskai | thin | his colaborer. He prepared [with the assist- sitlinish. [Picture.] ance of Rev. Gushing Eells] a small primer in ( the language, which was printed in 1842 at : 1842. Lapwai | Lapwai, Idaho, the only book ever jirinted in

Literal translation : First the writes the | | I that language. [See title next above.] lesson the writes | Creator. I I "On account of the Wliitman massacre, in 2- Title p. 1, text in the Spokaii language pp. 1847, at Wallawalla, he was obliged to remove, 16, sq. 16°. This is said to be the third book with his family, to the Willamette Valley, printed in the United States west of the Eocky Oregon, in 1848. Until 1850 he made his home Mountains. at Oregon City, and from that time until his to the alphabet. \i. 2. Key — Siais [spelling les- death at Forest Grove. In 1848 he aided in sons] i-iii, pp. 3-4.— Siais [reading lesson.s] iv- organizing the Congregational Association of xii, pp. 5-16. See the facsimile of the title-i)age. Oregon. The same year he assisted in found-

Copies seen : Eames, Eells, Pilling, Wicker- ing Tualatin Academy and Pacific University, (Tacoma, Wash.), sham Pacific University (For- at Forest Grove, to which he gave $1,000 and of est Grove, Oregon). The last mentioned is the which he was a trustee eleven years previous

only perfect copy I have seen . Prof. J. "W. Marsh to his death. He preached at Forest Grove the president of the university, kindly per- and in the vicinity nearly all the time he lived mitted to first me photograph the four pages, in there, and during his pastorate of the Congre- to order complete the other copies mentioned. gational church at that place the church build- I am indebted to Kev. Myron Eells for the ing there was erected which cost $7,000, of following notes which he gave $1,000. In 1870 he returned to "Kev. Elkanah Walker was born at North Maine, on his only visit east. He died at Forest Yarmouth, Me., August 7.180.1. Converted at Grove, November 21, 1877, aged 72 years. His the age of 26, lie soon began to study for the wife still lives there (1892), and of his eightchil- ministry. took an academic He course, but did dren seven are living; five have been engaged not go to college. graduated He from Bangor in active Christian work among the Indians Theological Seminary, Me., in 1837, and gave of the Pacific coast, and one is a missionary in himself to the foreign missionary under work China. The eldest one is the first white boy the American Board of Commissioners for born in Oregon. Idaho, or Washington." Foreign Missions. At first he was appointed Watkinson : This word following a title or within to South Africa with Rev. C. Eells, but a fierce parentheses afteranote indicates that a copy of war between two native chiefs detained them, the work referred to has been seen by the com- and in the meantime the call from Oregon | piler in the Watkinson library, Hartford, Conn. became so urgent that, with their consent, their

destination was changed. Wellesley : This word following a title or within "He was ordained at Brewer, Me., as a Con- parentheses after a note indicates thatacopyof referred to has been seen by the com- gregational minister in February, 1833, and was the work piler in the library of Wellesley college, Wel- married March 5, 1838, to Miss Mary Kichard- lesley. Mass. son,who was born at Baldwin, Me., April 1, 1811. Before her engagement to Mr. Walker "Whymper (Frederick). Travel and ad- she was ajipointed as a missionary to Siam ; but in tbe territory of Alaska, venture | | after that event her destination was changed I formerly Russian America—now ceded first to Africa and then toOrego:;. March 6, to the United States—and in various 1838, they started to cross the continent, in I Pacific. company with three other missionaries and other jiarts of the north | By I their wives, where no white women had ever Frederick Whymper. [Design.] | With I been except Mrs. Whitman and Mrs. Spalding. mai) and illustrations. From Missouri to Oregon the journey was | on John Murray, London | Albemarle horseback. They i cached Wallawalla August right of street. 1868. ] Translation 29, 1838, where they wintered, and the next | The spring went to Tshimakain, Walkers Prairie, is reserved.

~~among the Sjiokau Indians, with Rev. C. Eells Half-title verso blank 1 1. title verso names of~~

and wife. The next ten years were spent at this jirinters 1 1. dedication verso blank 1 1. preface place. At first tlie Indians were much interested, pp. vii-ix, contents pp. xi-xix, list of illustra- but, when they found that Christianity meant tions p. [xx], text pp. 1-306, appendix pp. 307- that they should give up gambling, incanta- 331, map, plates, 8°. tions, and the like, their interest grew less, so A few Salishan phrases, pp. 43, 47.

~~that nime united with the cliurch before they Copies seen : Boston Public, British Museum, left. Snb.sequent events have shown, however, Congress. SALISHAN LANGUAGES. 75~~

~~TRLU~~

~~THLU~~

~~T B L V~~

~~i s li i t s k a i s i t 1 i n~~

~~LAPWAI-~~

~~FACSIMILE OF THE TITLE-PAQE OF THE SPOKAN PRIMER, :~~

~~76 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE~~

~~Whymper (F.) — Continued. Wickersham (J.) — Continued.~~

At the Field sale, catalogue no. \i^>:iO, a copy Names of a number of geographic features brought .$2.75. passim, mainly "NisqiuiUy-Puyallup".—Ety- An American edition titled a.s follows: mology of the word Ta

Copies seen : Pilling. Travel adventure in the and | | territory of Alaska, formerly Russian | [Material relating to the Nisqually America eeded to tbe United language.] —now | States—and in various other parts of In response | to my inquiries. Judge Wicker- the north Pacific. Frederick sham, of Tacoma, Wash., writes me under date | By Whymper. [Design.] With map and of November 14, 1892, as follows | ) illustrations. "You ask for the title and full description of | manuscript, etc., relating to the Nisqually lan- York: «fe brothers, pub- New | Harper guage. As yet it has no title and consists of lishers, Franklin square. 1869. | I about 200 pages of words, definitions, legends,

~~Frontispiece 1 1. title verso blank 1 1. dedica- names, etc., collected from aXisqually Indianby~~

tion-verso blank 1 1. preface pp. xi-xii, contents the name of Leschi, who is the son of the cele- pp. xiii-xviii, list of illustrations p. xix, text brated chief Quiemuth and nephew of Leschi, pp. 21-332, appendix pp. 333-353, map and the war chief of the combined Nisquall}-, Pu- plates, 8°. yallup, Klikitat, and Yakama war of 1855-'56 Linguistic contents as under title next above, on Puget Sound. I am getting, in the best pos-

~~p]>. 63, 66. sible manner, a complete vocabulary of the~~

Copies seen : Bancroft, Boston Atbenanini, Nisqually, simou jmre, and intend to keep at it Geological Survey, Powell. until I have everything obtainable. Reprinted, 1871, pp. xix, 21-353, 8». (*) " Mj' idea now is to jirepare the history of these people since the advent of the whites, Fred<;rick Voyages ct Whymper | their legends and myths, their language, hab- aventures dans I'Alaska (ancien | | its, form of government, etc., in a small | volume Am^rique russe) Ouvrage traduit de for preservation. It will have, of course, only a | I'Auglais avec I'autorisation de local interest, except to ethnologists, but it can I still be made of so great interest to the people I'auteur par l^mile Jonveaux Illus- | | of our State as to become practically a history tre de 37 gravures sur bois et | accom- of the State of Washington." pagne d'une carte. James AVickersham was born in Marion Paris librairie Hachette ft C'" I | county, Illinois, in 1857 ; received a common- boulevard Saint-Germain, 79 | 1871 school education. 20 office | At went into law of

Tous droits reserves Senator John M. Palmer, Springfield,' 111., and in 1880 was admitted to the bar upon examina- Cover title as above, half-title verso names of tion before the supreme court of Illinois. Was printers 1 1. title as above verso blank 1 1. preface employed on census of 1880 under Special pp. i-ii, half-title verso blank 1 1. text pp. 3-405, Agent Fred. H. Wines, engaged on statistical table des chapitres pp. 407r4:12, map, 8°. work in connection ^vith the defective, delin- Linguistic contents as under titles above, quent, and dependent classes in the TTnited pp. 58, 65. States. Upon the completion of this work, ! seen : Pilling. having married meanwhile, in 1883 moved to Wickersham {Jud

~~SALISHAN LANGUAGES. 77~~

(Charles). Narrative of the Wilkes | "Wilkes (C.)— Continued. | States exploriii,i;expeditiou. 5 vols, and atlas, maps, plates, and steel United | | the years vignettes, royal 8°. During | 1838, 1839, 1840, 1841, Names of the months in Flathead, with mean- 1842. By Charles Wilkes, U.S.N., ' I I | ings, vol. 4, p. 450. coniiuander of the expedition, | mem- Cojries 6een : Boston Atbeuccum, British ber of the American philosophical Museum, Congress, Geological Survey, Lenox. society, etc. In live volumes, and an | Narrative of the United | States | | atlas. Vol.I[-V]. I | exploring expedition. During the | Philadelphia: printed by C. Sher- years 1842. | [ 1838, 1839, 1840, 1841, | By man. 1844. Charles Wilkes, U. S.N. commander I I | 5 vols, and atlas, maps, plates and steel of the expedition, of the | member vignettes, 4°. American philosophical society, etc. | of months in the Flathead lan- Names the In five volumes and an atlas. Vol. | guage, vol. 478. 4, p. I[-V]. I Copies seen : British Museum, Congress,

. Loudon : Wiley and Putnam. | Lenox. | Only a limited number of this issue, 75 (Printed by C. Sherman, Philadelphia, copies. I believe, were printed, and these were U.S.A.) 1845. I copies edi- for presentation. The of the quarto 5 vols, and atlas, maps, plates, royal 8°. tion issued for sale are dated 1845, as described Names of the months in Flathead, with mean- in the nest following title. Titles of several ings, vol. 4, p. 450. octavo editions are also given below. Copies seen : British Museum. Harvard. The qtiarto series was continued by the pub- Narrative of the States | United | lication of the scientific results of the expedi- | exj)loring expedition. | During the tion to volume 24, of which vols. 18, 19, 21, and 1842. 22 are yet unpublished. They have a slightly years | 1838, 1839, 1840, 1841, | By

changed title, beginning : United States explor- CharlesWilkes, S. N. commander U. | I ing expedition. The only one containing lin- of expedition, of the the | member guistic matter is Hale (Horatio), Philology, American philosoiihical society, etc. vol. 6, Philadelvdjia, 1846, for title of which see | illustrations and majis. Vol. With | p. 31 of this bibliography. I[-V]. I

Narrative | of the United | States | Philadelphia: Lea Sc Blanchard. | exploring expedition. During j | the 1845. 1842. years | 1838, 1839, 1840, 1841, | By 5 vols, maps, plates, 8°. Wilkes, S. N., Charles U. | commander I This edition differs from the quarto and expedition, of of the | member the royal octavo editions in that woodcuts have American philosophical society, etc. been substituted for the 47 steel vignettes, in | In five volumes, and an atlas. Vol. having only 11 of the 14 maps bound in, in | being printed on somewhat thinner paper, in I[-V]. I _ the omission in most copies of the G4 plates, and Philadelphia: Lea | & Blanchard. being acccmipanied the atlas. | in not by 1845. Names of the months in Flathead, with meanings, vol. p. 450. 5 vols, and atlas, maps, pl.ites, and steel 4, vignettes, 4°. Copies seen : Congress. Narrative of the States This is the same edition as the preceding, | | United | but with new title. exploring expedition. During tlie | of the months in the Names Flathead lan- years 1838, 1839, 1840, 1841, 1842. ] | By guage, vol.4, p. 478. Wilkes, U. S. Charles N. | commander I Copies seen : Eames, Lenox. the expedition, The following aro reprints of | member of the American philosophical society, etc. Narrative of the United States | | | | In five volumes, with thirteen maps. exploring expedition. | | During the Vol. I[-V]. years I | 1838, 1839, 1840, 1841, 1842. | By Philadelphia: 1850. | Charles Wilkes, U. S. N. | commander I 5 vols, maps, plates, 8°. of the expedition, member | of the Names of the mouths ia Flatliead, with mean- American philosophical society, etc. ings, vol.4, p. 450. | In five volumes, and an .atlas. Vol. Copies seen: Astor, Boston A thenanim. Con- | I[-V]. gress, National Museum. I The edition of the Narrative: [London] Philadelphia: I Lea & Blanchard. | Ingram, Cooke &Co.,1852, 2 vols. sq. 16° (Boston 1845. Athenaeum), does not contain the linguistics. —

~~78 BIBLIOGEAPHY OF THE~~

Wilkes (C.) — Continued. Wilkes (C.) — Continued. I have seeu mention of "a nnw eilition," had constituted himself a judge in the matter, New York, 185G. to .approve his act would bo to s.auction the Charles "Wilkes, naval officer, born iu New "right of search," whicli h.id alw.ays been

~~York City, xVpril 3, 179S, died iu Washington, denied by the United States Government. The~~

~~D.C., February 8, 1877. Ho entered the navy prisoners were therefore released. In 1862~~

as a midshipman January 1, 1818, and was pro- Wilkes comm.anded tho James River flotilla moted to lieutenant, April 28, 1826. He was and shelled City Point. He was promoted to appointed to the department of charts and commodore July 16, 1862, and took charge of a instruments in 1830 and was the first iu the special squ.adron in the West Indies. Ho was United States to set up fixed astronomical in- placed on the retired list because of age, June struments and observe with them. On August 25, 1864, and promoted to rear-admiral on the 18, 1838, hesailed from Norfolk, Va., in command retired list July 25, 1866. For his services to of a squadron of five vessels and a storeship, to science as .m explorer he received a gold medal explore the southern seas. He visited Madeira, from tho Geographical Society of London. The the Cape Verde Islands, Eio do Janeiro, Ti- I'eports of the Wilkes exploring exi)edition were erra del Fuego, Valparaiso, Callao, the Pau- to consist of twenty-eight quarto volumes, but motou group, Tahiti, the Samoan gi'ou)) (which nine of these were not completed. Of those ho surveyed and explored), Wallis Island, and th.at were published, Capt. Wilkes was the Sydney in New South Wales. He left Sydney author of tho "Narrative" of the expedition (6 ip December, 1839, and discovered what he vols.,4to, also 5 vols., 8vo, Phihadelphia, 1845; thought to be an Antarctic continent, sailing abridged ed.,New York, 1851) and the volumes along vast ice fields for several weeks. In 1840 on "Meteorology" find "Hydrography." ho thoroughly explored the Fiji group and Admiral Wilkes was .also the author of West- visited tlio Hawaiian Islands, where ho meas- ern America, Including California and Oregon ured intensity of gravity by means of the pen- (Philadelphia, 1«49), and Theory of the Winds dulum on the summit of Mauna Loa. In 1841 (New York, 1850). Appleton^s Cyclop, of Am. he visited the northwestern coast of America BiOfj. and Columbia .and Sacramento rivers, and on Willoughby (C.) Indian.s of the Qui- November 1 sot sail from San Francisco, visited naielt agency, Washingtou territory. Manila, Sooloo, Borneo, Singiipore, the Cape of Good Hope, and St. Helena, and cast anchor at By C. Willoughby.

New York on Juno 10, 1842. Chiirges preferred In Smithsonian Inst. Ann. Kept, for 1886, part against him some of his officers were investi- by 1, pp. 267-282, Washington, 1889, 8°. (Pilling.) gated by a court-marti.al, .and he was acquitted A few Quinaielt terms passim. of all except illegally punishing some of his crew, for which he was reprimanded. He ser\ed Wilson (J?er;. Edward Francis). A com- on the coast survey iu lS42-'43, was promoted to parative vocabulary. commander July 13, 1843, .and employed in cou- In Canadian Indian, vol. 1 (no. 4), pp. 104-107, uection witli the report on the exploring expe- Owen Sound, Ontario, January, 1891, 8°. dition at "W.ashington in 1844-1861. Ho was A vocabul.ary of ton words in .about 56 lan- commissioned a captain Seiitember 14, 1855, guages, mostly North American, and including and when the civil war opened was placed in the Flathead .and Nisqu.ally. command of the steamer San Jacinto iu 1861 Rev Edward Francis Wilson, son of the late and Stiiled in pursuit of the Confederate Rev. Daniel Wilson, Islington, prebend.ary of privateer Sumter. On November 8, 1861, he St. Paul's c.athedr.al, and gr.andson of Daniel intercepted at sea the English mail steamer Wilson, bishop of Calcutta, was born in London Trent, boiiud from Havana to St. Thomas, W. December?, 1844, and at the age of 17 left school I., and sent Lieut. Donald M. Fairfax on board and emigrated to Canada for tho purpose of lead- to bring off the Confederate commissioners, ing an agricultural life; soon after his arrival John Slidell and James M. Mason, with their he was led to take an interest in the Indi.ans secretaries. The officials were removed to the

and resolved to become a missionary . After two San Jacinto, in which they were taken to Fort years of preparation, much of which time was AVarren, in Boston Harbor. The navy depart- spent among the Indians, he returned to ment gave Capt. Wilkes .in emphatic commen- England, and iu December, 1807, was ordained dation. Congress passed a resolution of tlianks, deacon. Shortly thereafter it was arrjinged and his act caused great rejoicing througliout that ho should return to Canada as a missionary the north, where he was the hero of the hour. the Ojibway Indians, under the auspices of But, on the demand of the British government to tho Church Missionary Society, which hedid iu that Mason and Slidell should be given up. Sec- 1868. h.as labored among the Indians retary Seward complied, saying in bis dispatch .Tuly, Ho over since, building two homes tlioSliingwauk that, although tho commissioners and their — Home, at Sault Ste. Marie, .and the Wawanosh papers were contraband of -nar, and therefore Home, two miles from tho former—and pre- Wilkes was right in capturing tliciii, he should p.aring linguistic works. have taken the Trent into port as a priz.o for

~~ftlljlW^Jflftt'Jpn, 4? lift had I'iiiled to (lo so nn<\ :~~

~~SALISHAN LANGUAGES. 79~~

fol- Wisconsin Historical Society : These words Words — Continued. lowing a title or within parentheses after a note Niskwalli Chamberlain (A. F.) indicate that a copy of the work referred to has Niskwalli Daa (L.K.) heen seen by the compiler in the library of that Niskwalli Gibbs (G.) institution, Madison, "Wis. Niskwalli Latham (R. G.) Words Niskwalli Lubbock (J.) Atna See Daa (L K.) Niskwalli Pott (A. F.) Atna Schomburgk (U. H.) Niskwalli Youth's. Bilkula Boas (F.) Okinagan Daa (L.K.) Bilkiila Brinton (D. G.) Pentlash Boas (F.) Bilkula Buschmann (J. C. E.) Piskwau Bancroft (H.H.) Bilkula Chamberlain (A. F.) Piskwau Gallatin (A.) Bilkula Daa (L.K.) Piskwau Hale (H.) Bilkula Latham (R. G.) Salish Boas (F.) Bilkula Stumpf (C.) Salish Bulmer (T.S.) Chehalis Bancroft (H. H.) Salish Daa (L.K.) Chehalis Gibbs (G.) Salish Gallatin (A.) Chehalis Nicoll (E.H.) Salish Gibbs (G.) Kalispel Youth's. Salish Hale (H.) Kaulits Gibba (G.) Salish Hoffman (W. J.) Kawichen Brinton (D. G.) Salish Latham (R. G.) Kawichen Buschmann (J. C. E.) Salish Meugarini (G.) Kawichen Chamberlain (A. F.) Salish Pott (A. F.) Kawichen Daa (L.K.) Salish Smet (P. J. de). Kawichen Latham (R. G.) Salish Squire (W. G.) Klallam Bancroft (H. H.) Salish Swan (J. G.) Klallam Buschmann (J. C. E.) Salish Treasury. Klallam Daa (L.K.) Salish Tylor (E. B.) Klallam Latham (R. G.) Shuswap Boas (F.) Klallam Youth's. Sicatl Boas (F.) (H.H.) Komuk Boas (F.) Skitsuish Bancroft Kwantlen Gibbs (G.) Skits uish Pott (A. F.) Kwinaiutl Willoughby (C.) Skokomish Boas (F.) Luranii Bancroft (H.H.) Snanaimuk Boas (F.) Lummi Youth's. Snohomish Boas (F.) Netlakapamuk Bulmer (T. S.) Snohomish YoTith's. !!Niskwalli Bancroft (H.H.) Songish Boas (F.) Kiskwalli Bulmer (T. S.) Tilamuk Bancroft (H.H.) Niskwalli Buschmann (J. C. E.) Tilamuk Boas (F.)

title Yale : This word following a or within i)aren- Youth's — Continued. theses after a note indicates that a copy of the Edited by Rev. J. B. Boulet. Instead of work referred to has been seen by the compiler being paged continuously, continued articles thelibrary of Yale College, New Haven, Conn. in have a separate pagination dividing the regu- 1. 11-14 youth's companion : For instance, in no. pp. The | A Youth's. | lar numbering. juvenile monthly Magazine published (Lives of the saints) are numbered 1-4 and the is continued in no. 2 on pp. 5-8, taking for the benefit of the Puget Sound article I the place of 41-44 of the regular numbering. Mission.s; and set to Indian | Catholic Discontinued after May, 1886, on account of the in part written by type, printed and | protracted illness of the editor.

the pupils of the Tulalip, Wash. Ty. vol. i, | The Lord's prayer in Snohomish, p. Indian Industrial Boarding Schools, 228; in Flathead, p. 256; in Nitlakapamuk of vol. 2, the control of the Sisters of British Columbia, p. 301 ; in Lunimi, p. under | 106.—The Approved by the Rt. Rev. 28; in Clallam, p. 86; in Cowlitch, p. Charity. | name for God in seventy ditferent languages, Nesqualy]. Vol. Bishop [^gidius, of | including the Nootsack, Kalispel, Lummi, 1881. No. l[-Vol.V. May, I. May, Snohomish, and Clallam, vol. 2, p. 156.—Sen- 1886. No. 60]. tence in " Indian" [Snohomish], vol. 2, p. 247. Snoho- [Tulalip Indian Reservation, Copies seen : Congress, Georgetown, Pilling, mish Co. W.T.] Wellealey.

~~CHRONOLOGIC LNDEX.~~

~~ISOl 82 CHRONOLOGIC INDEX.~~

~~1853 CHRONOLOGIC INDEX. 83~~

~~1873 84 CHRONOLOGIC INDEX.~~

1882 Salisli Classification Keane (A. H.),note. 1882 Twana and Klallam Songs Baker (T.) 1882 Twana and Klallniii Songs Baker (T.) 1882 Various Various Bancroft (H.H.) 1883 Salisli (^'lassifioation Sayce (A. H.) 1883 Salisli Words Tylor (E. B.) 1884 Salisli Legends Hoffman (W. .1.) 1884^ Salish Words Squire (W. C.) 1881 Stahkin Words Petitot (t. V. S. J.) 18S4 Various Vocabularies Tolmie (W. F.) and Dawson (G.M.) 1884-18S9 Salish Bibliograpliic Pott (A. F.) 1883 Hilkula Words Stumpf (C.) 188,-) Chehalis Dictionary Eells (M.) 1885 Kalispel Lord's prayer Smalley (E. V.) 1X85 Kalispel Lord's prayer Van Gorp (L.) 1885 Salish Bird names Hoffman (W. J.) 1885 Salish Bibliographic Pilling (J.C.) 1885 Salish Classification Bates (H. AV.) 1885 Salish Classification Keane (A. H.), note. 1885 Salish and Kalisinl I'rayers and vo(•al)ulari(^s Smet (P.J.de). 1885 Various (irauimatic Eells (M.) 1885-1889 Salish (jlassifioation Feathermann (A.) 1886 Bilkula Grammatic Boas (F.) 1880 Bilkula Grammatic Boas (F.) 188G Konuik Grammatic Boas (F.) 1886 Komuk Texts Boas (F.) 1886 Komuk Vocabulary Boas (F.) 1886 Pentlash Texts Boas (F.) 1886 Puyalliii> Vocabularj' McCaw (S. R,) 1886 Salish Vocabulary Hoffman (W. ,1.) 1886 Various Hymns Eells (M.) 1886 Various Vocabularies Boas (F.) 1887 Salish Bibliographic Dufoss6 (E.) 1887 Salish and Kalispel Prayers Smet (P. J. de). 1887 Various Numerals Eells (M.) 1887 Various Numerals Eells (M.) 1887 Various Numerals Eells (M.),note. 1888 15ilkula (jrammatic Boas (F.) 1888 Bilkula AVcirds Boas iF.) 1888 Bilkula and Kawifhen AVords Brinton (I). G.) 1888 Bilkula and Kawicheu Words Brinton (D. .) 1888 Skokomish Vocabulary Boas (F.) 1888 Snanaimuk Texts Boas (F.) 1888 Various Numerals Eells (M.) ISSft (^hehalis Words NicoU (E. H.) 1889 Kwinaiutl Words AVilloughby (C.) 1889 Niskwalli Words Lubbock (J.) 1889 Salish Classification Boas (F.) 1889 Salish Classification Boas (F.) 18S9 Salish Words Tylor (E. B.) 1889 Skoyelpi Vocabulary, etc. Chamberlain (A. F.) 1889 Snanaimuk Gentes Boas (F.) 1889 Snanaimuk Gentes Boas (F.) 1889 Various Hymns Eells (M.) 1889 Various Vocabularies Boas (F.) 1889 Various Vocabularies Chamberlain (A. F.) 1890 Bilkula and Kawirhen AVords Brinton (D. G.) 1890 Lilowat Text Le Jeune (J. M. B.) 1890 Nehelira Texts Boaa (F.) CHRONOLOGIC INDEX. 85

~~1890 86 CHRONOLOGICAL INDEX.~~

~~N.d.~~

~~LIBRARY CATALOGUE SLIPS.~~

~~Smithsonian institution. Bureau of ethnology. institution Bureau of ethnology: J. W. Powell Smithsonian | indians of Virginia by Jno.~~

~~8°. 19 pj). [Smithsonian institution. Bxireau of ethnology.]~~